03.04.2013 Views

Corruption & Legitimacy - Maatschappijwetenschappen

Corruption & Legitimacy - Maatschappijwetenschappen

Corruption & Legitimacy - Maatschappijwetenschappen

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Corruption</strong> & <strong>Legitimacy</strong><br />

Editors:<br />

Heleen E. Bakker<br />

Nico G. Schulte Nordholt


<strong>Corruption</strong> & <strong>Legitimacy</strong><br />

Editors:<br />

Heleen E. Bakker<br />

Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />

SISWO Publication 393<br />

Amsterdam<br />

SISWO, 2000


SISWO Netherlands’ Universities Institute for Coordination of<br />

Research in Social Sciences<br />

Founded 30 November 1960.<br />

Address: Plantage Muidergracht 4, 1018 TV Amsterdam,<br />

the Netherlands<br />

Tel.: +31 20-527.06.00; fax: + 31.20-622.94.30;<br />

e-mail: siswo@siswo.uva.nl<br />

© 1997 No part of this book may be reproduced in any form<br />

by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means<br />

without the prior permission of the publisher.<br />

Derde druk, augustus 2000


Foreword<br />

In March 1995, the Dutch Working Group on Public Administration in<br />

Developing Countries (WBIO; Working Group of the Dutch Association<br />

for Public Administration) organized at the SISWO-office in Amsterdam a<br />

seminar on the subject ‘corruption and legitimacy’. The present volume is<br />

based on the results of this seminar.<br />

Three questions are raised: how can differences in the occurrence of corruption<br />

between countries be explained; what is the relationship between<br />

corruption and legitimacy; and does the new institutional economics<br />

framework provide better starting points to investigate the relationship<br />

between corruption and legitimacy than the so-called revisionist and moralist<br />

frameworks? The central hypothesis is that corruption can breed in<br />

societies in which norms and values of different institutions (economic,<br />

legal and political) are in conflict, e.g. if the introduction of the free market<br />

is not accompanied by effective legal and political institutions. Case<br />

studies from India and Indonesia confirm this observation.<br />

It hardly needs saying that corruption is of all times and places. Even the<br />

Netherlands, so often thought to be clean in many respects, is not free<br />

from corruption. The epilogue offers an illustration of corruption in the<br />

Netherlands, by elaborating on the recent results of the Dutch Parliamentary<br />

Inquiry into police investigation methods. This case also confirms the<br />

hypothesis of institutional discrepancy as a breeding ground for corruption.<br />

SISWO was glad to offer facilities to realize this volume dealing with a<br />

subject high on the social-scientific, political and social agenda.<br />

Dr. J.G.M. Sterk<br />

director SISWO/Instituut voor <strong>Maatschappijwetenschappen</strong><br />

Netherlands’ Universities Institute for Coordination of Research in Social<br />

Sciences


Table of Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

Heleen E. Bakker & Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />

1 <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong>:<br />

an Institutional Perspective<br />

Heleen E. Bakker<br />

2 Some Institutional and Legal Prerequisites of<br />

Economic Reform in India<br />

Kaushik Basu<br />

3 Personnel Transfer in Indian State Bureaucracy:<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> and Anti-corruption<br />

Frank de Zwart<br />

4 <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong> in Indonesia:<br />

an Exploration<br />

Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />

5 <strong>Corruption</strong> in Indonesian Public Tendering<br />

Okke Braadbaart<br />

6 Police and <strong>Corruption</strong> in the Netherlands:<br />

towards a micro-perspective<br />

Lucas Kroes & Coby de Boer<br />

Epilogue<br />

Nico G. Schulte Nordholt & Heleen E. Bakker<br />

9<br />

21<br />

35<br />

53<br />

65<br />

95<br />

119<br />

137<br />

Note on the Authors 149<br />

References 153


Introduction<br />

Heleen E. Bakker & Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />

What comes to mind, when people think of corruption? Do they immediately<br />

picture the private bank accounts of certain African leaders, that<br />

could easily pay off a large proportion of their countries’ national debt 1 ;or<br />

do they see the dozens of pairs of shoes Immelda Marcos had to leave<br />

behind when she and her dictatorial husband fled from the Philippines; do<br />

they think of the implausibility with which the Berlusconi government<br />

tried to uphold the ‘Clean Hands’ operation in Italy or do they, even,<br />

picture a local civil servant in one of the Dutch provinces, who has gone<br />

on an official jaunt once too often?<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> is not in the slightest restricted to developing countries,<br />

as is sometimes suggested. The former Director of the Dutch National<br />

Security Service points to the fact that corruption exists in all layers of the<br />

administrative machinery and that this development forms a threat to the<br />

‘integrity’ of the Dutch government. 2 The current Minister of the Interior<br />

confirms this statement by concluding that the Dutch government is not<br />

spared from corruption, although the excesses of some developing countries<br />

are hard to imagine in the Netherlands. However, the government<br />

needs to take a firm stand against the further introduction of corruption<br />

into the administrative bureaucracy, says the Minister. 3 Recently, the public<br />

in the Netherlands has been startled by the practices of one of the<br />

interregional Criminal Investigation Departments 4 (CIDs), which was in<br />

charge of uncovering drug transportions. One of the investigation methods,<br />

that was controversial from the outset, involved the channelling of drug<br />

transportations by the CID, after the department had been briefed by an<br />

informant recruited from the criminal circuit. Some of the abuses that<br />

occurred within the framework of this particular investigation can be<br />

grouped under the heading of corruption. The abuses resulted in a Parliamentary<br />

Inquiry, the results of which were published in February 1996. 5<br />

It is clear that even the Netherlands, a country that is so often thought to<br />

be clean as regards corruption, is tarnished by this phenomenon. <strong>Corruption</strong><br />

scandals from neighbouring countries confirm the universal character<br />

of corruption: ‘That corruption is endemic in all government is practically<br />

certain. That there are striking differences in the event of corruption<br />

between governments...is equally patent’. 6<br />

9


Differences in occurrence<br />

How can differences in the occurrence of corruption between countries be<br />

explained? Which circumstances, and which mechanisms, can be held<br />

responsible for the introduction and, then, consolidation of corruption into<br />

a society? The first clue that leads to an answer to these two questions can<br />

be derived from Wertheim’s classical historical-sociological analysis. 7<br />

Wertheim, adopting Max Weber’s concepts of the patrimonial and the<br />

rational-legal bureaucracy, views corruption as inherent in the transition<br />

from patrimonial to rational-legal, that is, from traditional to modern societies.<br />

Conflicting values and loyalties result in an entanglement of mine<br />

and thine, of the public and the private sphere: ‘the lack of stability of the<br />

new...regimes is due primarily, not to the frequency of corruption, but to<br />

the discrepancy between social norm and reality, a permanent tension with<br />

a dysfunctional and disintegrating effect’ (1964, p.129). 8 Apparently,<br />

Wertheim attributes corruption to the conflicting values and loyalties of<br />

individuals, and ‘solutions’ to the phenomenon should accordingly be<br />

sought in changes in individual behaviour, based, in his case, on a socialist<br />

moral.<br />

Caiden and Caiden oppose this ‘individual corruption’ and introduce<br />

the concept of ‘systemic corruption’: a system in which the deviation<br />

of a norm has become the norm itself. The authors thus make a distinction<br />

between ‘corruption attributable to rotten apples’ and ‘rotten barrels that<br />

contaminate good apples’ (1993, p.4). Following Caiden and Caiden, it is<br />

accepted in this volume that corruption should not only be ascribed to<br />

individual characteristics, but that it predominantly has a systemic character.<br />

It is not so much the discrepancy between norms and values of any<br />

one individual and those of their environment that results in corrupt behaviour,<br />

but the gap between norms and values that are borne by institutions<br />

within a society. Following Uphoff, institutions are defined as ‘complexes<br />

of norms and behaviours that persist over time by serving collectively<br />

valued purposes’ (1986, p.9).<br />

Caiden and Caiden, however, restrict themselves to a quantitative<br />

interpretation of systemic corruption, in the sense that systemic corruption<br />

entails more of the same, namely individual corruption. This volume aims<br />

to pursue their line of thought to a greater depth: it is the conflicting<br />

norms and values that are disseminated by different institutions that explain<br />

the system of corruption. These conflicting norms and values are<br />

essential if one is to understand why corruption penetrates some societies<br />

10


more than others. Old norms and values may have lost their validity,<br />

whereas new norms and values have not yet been institutionalized. Economic<br />

institutions (such as the ‘free market’) may have been introduced,<br />

but the political and legal institutions necessary to effectively control these<br />

institutions, have not yet developed. This discrepancy is referred to as the<br />

horizontal institutional gap. If the institutional gap is not bridged quickly<br />

enough, corruption can consolidate. This line of reasoning, in which institutional<br />

discrepancy forms the central theme, is not new. In 1966, Huntington<br />

already noted that ‘corruption is...one measure of the absence of<br />

effective political institutionalization’ (1989, p.377). Scott shares his opinion<br />

‘...we can view corruption as an index of the disjunction between the<br />

social system and the formal political system; a subversive effort by the<br />

social system to bend the political system to its demands’ (1967, p.508).<br />

This volume will take the argument a step further.<br />

The circumstances and mechanisms under which corruption enters<br />

a society, are not restricted to processes of change and transformation at<br />

the national level, but are increasingly related to processes of internationalization<br />

as well. These processes are beyond the influence of institutions<br />

at the national level. The laundering of drug money, illegal (arms)<br />

trade, and other forms of international criminality result in elusive capital<br />

flows that go around the world at high speed and cannot be controlled by<br />

any national government. 9 National economic, political and legal institutions<br />

are not equipped to direct this globalization, and the international<br />

organizations that have been established for this purpose, do not have<br />

sufficient authority. This discrepancy is called the vertical institutional<br />

gap. The vertical institutional gap is a breeding ground for corruption in<br />

the same way as its horizontal counterpart. Again it is noted that if the<br />

vertical gap is not bridged in time, corruption can firmly take root in a<br />

society.<br />

The occurrence of corruption within society potentially undermines<br />

the legitimacy of both national and international institutions. An article in<br />

De Volkskrant (one of the Dutch daily national newspapers) expresses a<br />

strong view on this matter: ‘...Systemic and widespread corruption imposes<br />

a great threat on democratic societies. Democracy, after all, is a matter of<br />

delegated trust. <strong>Corruption</strong> undermines this trust. If citizens can no longer<br />

trust the representatives and governors elected by them, the end of<br />

democracy is near’. 10 One purpose of this volume is to further elaborate<br />

on the relationship between corruption and legitimacy. Is this relationship<br />

11


as straightforward as the article in De Volkskrant suggests, or does closer<br />

analysis reveal a more differentiated picture?<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> and legitimacy<br />

The central theme of this volume is the relationship between corruption<br />

and legitimacy. In the first version of his survey, Heidenheimer asks himself:<br />

‘To what extent does public knowledge of extensive corruption in the<br />

administration undermine the legitimacy of the regime?’. He concludes<br />

that there is an ‘obvious need for further research’ (1970, p.485). So far,<br />

however, theory has failed to give a satisfactory analysis of the relationship<br />

between corruption and legitimacy. The approach of the moralists,<br />

that dominated the discussion for a long time, rejects everything that so<br />

much as resembles corruption, on moral grounds. According to their view,<br />

corruption arises from the emphasis people in authority put on their own<br />

interests: ‘Its cause was seen as the gaining of positions of power and<br />

trust by evil and dishonest men. The solution was to ‘turn the rascals out’’<br />

(Caiden and Caiden, 1977, p.301). 11 Revisionists, on the other hand, reject<br />

the moralistic viewpoint and suggest that corruption can fulfil functions<br />

that, from a societal point of view, can be positively valued. Although<br />

they acknowledge the structural character of corruption, and no longer<br />

ascribe it to incidental factors, their analysis, just as that of the moralists,<br />

remains confined to individual cases. However, in this volume, the systemic<br />

character of corruption, explained by the conflicting values of institutions,<br />

is put to the fore.<br />

What do we understand by corruption? Since the end of the 1960s,<br />

a vast amount of literature has been published with regard to political and<br />

administrative corruption, a topic that received little attention in social<br />

science before this date. 12 Defining the concept of ‘corruption’ has confronted<br />

social scientists with many difficulties throughout the years.<br />

Johnston notes that each definition of corruption needs to relate to a clearcut<br />

set of activities, otherwise the definition is not useful from an analytical<br />

point of view. However, personal values also play an important role in<br />

defining corruption. These moral judgements differ from time to time, and<br />

from place to place (1989, p.15). Since what is instinctively identified as<br />

corruption depends to a great extent on the context in which it takes place,<br />

formal-legal definitions are ‘scarcely broad enough’ 13 to cover the whole<br />

range. Which standard should we adopt? Although many authors take<br />

12


great care to point a pedantic finger in the direction of developing countries<br />

(which, in view of the track record, would be unfair anyway), it can<br />

be stated that, in general, the Western standard is adopted as the universal<br />

norm with regard to corruption. 14<br />

However, the significance that is ascribed to corruption has somewhat<br />

changed over the years. At first, corruption was considered the opposite<br />

of rationality and reform, in accordance with the Weberian rationallegal<br />

model, in which corruption is seen as a deviation from the ideal.<br />

Gradually, however, the emphasis in defining corruption has shifted to<br />

corruption as a ‘value free’ phenomenon. Heidenheimer et al.,(1989, pp. 9-<br />

10) identifies three categories within the variety of definitions:<br />

1 public office centred definitions that emphasize the deviation from<br />

norms that are connected to the practice of a public office. Bayley<br />

gives one example: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong>...is a general term covering misuse<br />

of authority as a result of considerations of personal gain’;<br />

2 market centred definitions, derived from economic theory, that<br />

regard the civil servant/politician as an income maximizing economic<br />

unit. Leff: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> is an extra-legal institution used by<br />

individuals or groups to gain influence over the actions of the bureaucracy.<br />

As such the existence of corruption per se indicates<br />

only that these groups participate in the decision making process<br />

to a greater extent than would otherwise be the case’;<br />

3 public interest centred definitions, that place the influence corruption<br />

has on the public interest at the centre, as in Friedrich’s definition:<br />

‘The pattern of corruption can be said to exist whenever a<br />

power holder who is charged with doing certain things...is by<br />

monetary or other rewards...induced to take actions which favour<br />

whoever provides the rewards and thereby does damage to the<br />

public and its interests’.<br />

This volume<br />

In March 1995, a seminar was organized by the Working Group on Public<br />

Administration in Developing Countries (WBIO) in Amsterdam on the<br />

subject of ‘corruption and legitimacy’. The present volume builds on the<br />

results of this seminar. 15<br />

In Chapter 1, Heleen Bakker presents an institutional framework<br />

that can be used to analyse the relationship between corruption and legit-<br />

13


imacy. An attempt is made to see whether the new institutional economics<br />

approach provides better starting points to investigate the relationship<br />

between corruption and legitimacy. 16 Three main concepts from the new<br />

institutional toolkit are applied to the relationship between corruption and<br />

legitimacy: (1) the idea of property rights, (2) the principal-agent approach<br />

and (3) the principle of transaction costs.<br />

In a process of transformation and adjustment, property rights play<br />

an important role. During periods of change - whether these concern the<br />

transition from a traditional to a modern society, or from a centralized<br />

planning model to a free market -, the public and the private sector need<br />

to be clearly defined. The establishment of ownership titles is of crucial<br />

importance in this respect. If ownership rights are not clearly defined, the<br />

institutional discrepancy increases which may lead to an increase in corruption;<br />

a development that is obvious at the moment in the former Soviet<br />

Union and some other Eastern European countries. The relationship between<br />

a principal and his agents is also subject to change in a transition<br />

period. Old norms and values that determined this relationship have to be<br />

replaced by new institutions. Again, if new institutions are not established<br />

quickly enough, institutional discrepancy, as a breeding ground for corruption,<br />

enters the field. Finally, there is the principle of transaction costs:<br />

costs of negotiating and completing a transaction (information costs)<br />

which are not taken into account in economic models, but which should be<br />

incorporated in cost accounting in order to complete the picture. What is<br />

the value of an analysis that expresses the costs and benefits of corruption<br />

in terms of transaction costs? In Chapter 1, the question is raised whether<br />

the instrument of transaction costs provides a more neutral and a more<br />

concise, ‘businesslike’ analysis of the effects of corruption vis-a-vis the<br />

moralist and revisionist approaches.<br />

In order to answer the question as to how much corruption the<br />

legitimacy of a regime can cope with, in terms of costs and benefits of<br />

corruption, different dimensions of legitimacy are distinguished. <strong>Legitimacy</strong>,<br />

in itself a political concept, also has legal and economic dimensions.<br />

It is suggested in Chapter 1 that corruption may influence these<br />

dimensions in different ways.<br />

In Chapter 2, Kaushik Basu presents some institutional and legal<br />

prerequisites for economic reform in India. The objective of reforming the<br />

Indian economy cannot be achieved unless the reforms are founded on a<br />

suitable institutional and legal base. The argument that introducing a market<br />

system, without satisfying the institutional conditions that ‘back’ such<br />

14


a system, leads to high costs and negative effects (this phenomenon has<br />

earlier been described as the ‘horizontal institutional gap’) is stressed<br />

again. Basu claims that the formulation of sound policy depends on relatively<br />

few basic principles, which are related to the institutional framework<br />

as presented in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 introduces the principle of contract<br />

as one of these basic principles. 17 The argument is that two or more adults<br />

should have the right to freely enter into any contract as long as this does<br />

not affect an uninvolved third party. Simple as this may appear, in many<br />

cases the Indian government does not live up to this principle, because it<br />

conflicts with what Basu describes as the ‘bureaucratic instinct’. The<br />

neglect of the principle of contract involves deadweight cost, which is<br />

never included in any evaluation of government policy. Basu argues that<br />

attempts to prevent individuals from contracting and exchanging can lead<br />

to corruption: if free contracting is curbed, corruption will occur because<br />

individuals may collude to bypass the law. <strong>Corruption</strong>, says Basu, cuts<br />

into the moral fabric of society, it is very inequitable and it limits competition.<br />

In short, corruption negatively affects efficiency and progress. Consequently,<br />

corruption should be curtailed to the largest extent possible. In<br />

the last section of his contribution, Basu discusses some methods for controlling<br />

corruption. Organizational reform is the key issue: at this moment,<br />

the power to veto decisions is too widely distributed in the Indian system.<br />

The attempt to place ‘checks and balances’ (mentioned in Chapter 1 as<br />

one of the most important means to bridge the institutional gap), has not<br />

resulted in a reduction of corruption in India, but rather in sluggishness<br />

and a lack of adaptability. In fighting corruption, Basu concentrates on the<br />

‘points of monitoring corruption’ as an area that deserves further attention.<br />

In Chapter 3, Frank de Zwart discusses a particular anti-corruption<br />

policy in Indian state bureaucracies. As a means of cutting down corruption,<br />

the Indian government has introduced a system of frequent transfers<br />

of government officials. These transfers are considered to be a necessary<br />

instrument to prevent corruption. However, at the same time, it is common<br />

knowledge that the same transfers are an important source of corruption.<br />

In his contribution, De Zwart explains why this is so. The relationship between<br />

the principal (the ruling government) and his agents (the government<br />

officials) forms the key to understanding these two, seemingly irreconcilable,<br />

facts. Most rulers in South Asia have attempted to control their<br />

officials by manipulating the social distance between these officials and<br />

the people they govern. The principal’s main objective is to keep his<br />

agents from building independent power bases. To this end, principals use<br />

15


various policy instruments, of which the frequent transfer of agents is one.<br />

The official reason stated for the transfer is that it prevents corruption,<br />

because agents are no longer in a position to develop ‘roots’ in society. De<br />

Zwart distinguishes an emic and an etic view of corruption: the emic view<br />

is that of the participants; the etic view is that of the observers. In short,<br />

the emic view states that the longer civil servants work in one place, the<br />

more corrupt they become. Many Indians hold this belief, which forms the<br />

mental frame that supports the policy of frequent transfers. However, the<br />

transfer system is a breeding ground for corruption as well. Principals use<br />

their power of decision over transfers to build and maintain a clientele or<br />

simply to make money. Agents, on the other hand, try to ‘buy’ profitable<br />

posts. Even though this phenomenon is widely recognized, the policy of<br />

transfer has not lost its legitimacy. According to De Zwart, this is related<br />

to the emic view of corruption. People are aware that there are two types<br />

of corruption: "parochial corruption, where ties of kinship, affection and/or<br />

caste determine access to the power holders; and market corruption, where<br />

access is provided to those who can pay for it." (Scott, 1972, p. 88) Transfers<br />

prevent the parochial type of corruption, but at the same time, market<br />

corruption is promoted by this anti-corruption policy.<br />

In Chapter 4, Nico Schulte Nordholt applies the institutional<br />

framework presented in Chapter 1 to the Indonesian context. First of all,<br />

Schulte Nordholt describes the phenomenon of corruption in Indonesia<br />

during the colonial period (until 1945), the first period after independence<br />

(1945-1965) and the Suharto era (from 1965 onwards). Following Wertheim’s<br />

transition from patrimonial to rational-legal bureaucracy, he<br />

exposes the foundations of corruption in Indonesian society. The different<br />

norms and values incorporated in old and new institutions are shown to<br />

result in both large and small scale corruption, at least, if institutional<br />

checks are not built into the system. Secondly, Schulte Nordholt applies<br />

the instruments from the new institutional toolkit to four case studies<br />

derived from Suharto’s New Order: (1) the Pertamina affair, in which this<br />

oil company was confronted with a foreign debt of US$ 10 million, because<br />

its director, Ibnu Sutowo, had spent the loans on ensuring loyalty<br />

rather than on increasing efficiency; (2) the nationalistic industrial policy<br />

by the present Minister of Technology and Research, Habibie, which is<br />

characterized by many corruption scandals; (3) the anti-corruption campaign<br />

Opstib (1977-78) and (4) the policy instrument of public-privatepartnership,<br />

which is propagated by the World Bank and the IMF.<br />

16


These cases illustrate that the New Order, that, to a certain extent,<br />

resembles Weber’s patrimonial bureaucracy, has to meet requirements<br />

related to effectiveness and efficiency that form part and parcel of a modern,<br />

developmentalist state. The discrepancy between the patrimonial bureaucracy<br />

and the modern, developmentalist state obviously creates a tension.<br />

On the one hand, economic goals are achieved within the New<br />

Order. This contributes to the economic and political legitimacy of the<br />

regime. On the other hand, economic growth is only achieved at a high<br />

cost, including corrupt practices, which undermines the legal legitimacy of<br />

the regime.<br />

In Chapter 5, Okke Braadbaart contributes to the analysis by presenting<br />

an anthropological account of public tendering in Indonesia.<br />

Braadbaart analyses corrupt tendering procedures in Indonesia, and comes<br />

up with some suggestions as to how illegal practices in tendering may be<br />

reduced. His contribution clarifies some of the points made in Chapter 1.<br />

First, Braadbaart notes that any tendering party faces a trade-off between<br />

the ‘price’ and the ‘quality’ aspects of competition. There is an inherent<br />

tension between producing cheaply and meeting quality standards. Especially<br />

in sensitive branches such as building construction and civil engineering,<br />

contractors have ample opportunities for tampering with the<br />

quality of the product or service they supply. This creates a natural tendency<br />

to move away from the price-competitive ideal of anonymous tendering<br />

towards close cooperation with one or a few bidders. Secondly, like<br />

Bakker and Schulte Nordholt, Braadbaart argues that political legitimacy<br />

and economic efficiency can lead to conflicting demands upon political<br />

leaders. The government must uphold the norm of anonymous tendering<br />

vis-a-vis the public even though relational contracting may provide a better<br />

result. Here, political legitimacy clashes with economic efficiency and<br />

creates a divergence between rules and reality in public tendering. Thirdly,<br />

several circumstances in the Indonesian context reinforce the natural inclination<br />

of tenderers to ‘conspire’ with a bidding firm. The officials appointed<br />

to the tendering committees of state-owned firms act as agents of<br />

the state (principal). The agents are underpaid and are therefore obliged to<br />

generate additional income. Illegal self-enrichment is institutionalized from<br />

the highest levels down through the ranks. Fourthly, the cross-agency<br />

controls and checking mechanisms that the Indonesian government has<br />

introduced in order to deal with the kickback problem in Indonesia are<br />

weakly developed, with every department and body acting more or less as<br />

a self-contained unit. Braadbaart gives the example of the Badan Penga-<br />

17


wasan Keuangan dan Pembangunan (BPKP), the Agency for Financial<br />

Control and Development. This department has little authority and lacks<br />

the jurisdicial clout to force state companies to comply with its financial<br />

accounting regulations. The requirement of transparency, which helps to<br />

bridge the institutional gap, as formulated by Schulte Nordholt in Chapter<br />

4, is not met. Braadbaart suggest some policy measures to improve the<br />

situation. Since the mammoth task of reforming the Indonesian civil service<br />

is out of the question, the modest short-term solution is either to<br />

strengthen BPKP or to create a new independent agency to monitor tendering<br />

procedures. In addition to this, it is important that the government<br />

drafts a set of transparent national rules governing public tendering procedures.<br />

This will help to bridge the institutional gap, which is seen to be<br />

a breeding ground for corruption.<br />

After concentrating on institutional discrepancy as a source of<br />

corruption at the macro and meso level, a micro-perspective is adopted in<br />

Chapter 6. Lucas Kroes and Coby de Boer inquire to what extent personal<br />

characteristics, goals and dispositions play a role in explaining individual<br />

behaviour with regard to corruption. Individuals form the micro level of<br />

analysis, and the interaction system in which all individuals operate represents<br />

the meso level. The authors adopt Boudon’s model of transformation,<br />

derived from methodological individualism. This model states<br />

that both individuals (micro level) and interactions (meso level) contribute<br />

to the explanation of sociological phenomena (macro level), such as corruption.<br />

Kroes and De Boer apply this model to corruption within the<br />

aliens police department in the Netherlands. Why, when confronted with<br />

the same conditions, does one individual engage in corrupt practices,<br />

whereas another individual does not? Corrupt behaviour, the authors argue,<br />

is largely determined by dispositions, which affect how a person pursues<br />

his individual goals.<br />

In the Epilogue, the findings of the various chapters are linked to<br />

the analytical framework as presented in Chapter 1 to see how useful the<br />

new approach is in comparison with the moralist and revisionist frameworks.<br />

The question as to which mechanisms are responsible for the introduction<br />

and the consolidation of corruption within a society is answered,<br />

and the complex relationship between corruption and legitimacy is examined<br />

in more detail. The instruments from the new institutional economics<br />

toolkit are assessed in terms of their explanatory power and usefulness<br />

with regard to this particular topic.<br />

18


In addition, this volume’s findings are related to the results of the<br />

Dutch Parliamentary Inquiry on investigation methods, published in February<br />

1996. This Inquiry tackled the malpractices by the interregional criminal<br />

investigation departments (CIDs) in the Netherlands that are responsible<br />

for locating drug transportations. The fact that this particular CID<br />

was itself involved in transporting, and selling, large shipments of drugs,<br />

without the consent (or even the awareness) of the higher ranks in the<br />

hierarchy, invoked a fierce reaction from the Dutch public. A wave of<br />

publicity, which revealed even more shocking facts, added to the crisis in<br />

legitimacy. A Parliamentary Inquiry was the result. Currently, the debate<br />

on the translation of the Commission’s findings into sound policy, is<br />

ongoing. It is clear that the - legal - legitimacy of the Dutch investigation<br />

departments has dropped to a record low level. The legitimacy of the<br />

Public Prosecutor’s Office and the politicians in charge has also been<br />

damaged in the process. How to proceed in order to repair the damage?<br />

The report of the Inquiry Commission recommends more detailed and<br />

transparent regulation of investigation techniques. Procedures and competences<br />

should be made clear to all parties involved, and communication<br />

and coordination should be guaranteed accordingly. The actors involved<br />

are not in favour of this solution; slowly but surely they are voicing their<br />

objections in a stronger tone. Naturally, their ‘bureaucratic instinct’ wants<br />

to maintain their own scope for decision making, rather than having it<br />

decreased by the introduction of more detailed regulations. How should we<br />

judge this particular case in view of the arguments that have been brought<br />

forward in this volume? The Epilogue seeks to answer this final question,<br />

by applying the institutional framework to the results of the Parliamentary<br />

Inquiry.<br />

Notes<br />

1. It is estimated that the President of Zaïre, Mobutu Sese Seko, has gained<br />

a private capital of approximately US$ 4 billion. The late President of<br />

Ivory Coast, Houphouet-Boigny, was a multi billionaire as well and<br />

‘probably among the hundred richest people in the world’ (Béchir Ben<br />

Yahmed (1994), quoted in Van Hulten (1995)). The private capital of the<br />

former President of Mali, Moussa Traore, was equal to the national debt<br />

of his country: US$ 2,3 billion (Van Hulten, 1995).<br />

2. NRC Handelsblad, December 13, 1994.<br />

3. NRC Handelsblad, January 12, 1995.<br />

19


4. These interregional teams (IRTs) were established with the specific goal<br />

of combatting organized crime. The teams are composed of representatives<br />

from different regional police corps.<br />

5. Traa, M. van, et al., Inzake Opsporing; Enquêtecommissie Opsporingsmethoden,<br />

’s-Gravenhage, SDU, 1996.<br />

6. Friedrich, C., Political Pathology, in: Political Quarterly, no.37 (1966),<br />

p.74. Quoted in Heidenheimer et al., 1989, p.3.<br />

7. Wertheim, W.F., Corruptie als Sociologisch Studieobject. First published<br />

in: Sociologisch Jaarboek, vol. 14, deel 1, 1960, pp.5-40. Translated in<br />

1964.<br />

8. See Huntington: ‘Behaviour which was acceptable and legitimate according<br />

to traditional norms becomes unacceptable and corrupt when viewed<br />

through modern eyes’ (in: Heidenheimer et al., 1989, p.378).<br />

9. Claire Sterling, an expert on the Mafia, notes that nations are powerless<br />

against the ‘pax mafiosa’, the internationalization of criminal organizations,<br />

that is ongoing at the moment and that is characterized by her as<br />

‘a worldwide emergency’ (NRC Handelsblad, November 21, 1994).<br />

10. De Volkskrant, March 4, 1995.<br />

11. Such an approach still meets with response today, witnessing the following<br />

article in De Volkskrant: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> is still less familiar in Western<br />

democracies than elsewhere. The Scandinavian countries and the Netherlands,<br />

with their somewhat puritan moral, have a relatively clean slate’<br />

(March 4, 1995).<br />

12. Following Wertheim (1960), Myrdal was one of the first (in: Asian<br />

Drama: An Enquiry into the Poverty of Nations (1968)) to break the<br />

taboo on corruption among social scientists, which Myrdal indicates as<br />

‘diplomacy in research’ (1989, p.406).<br />

13. Heidenheimer, 1970, p.7.<br />

14. This standard is recognized in developing countries as well. Bayley: ‘The<br />

intelligentsia, and especially top-level civil servants, in most underdeveloped<br />

nations are familiar with the Western label of ‘corruption’ and they<br />

apply it to their own countries’ (1989, p.938).<br />

15. The papers presented at the seminar are incorporated here as separate<br />

chapters. The contribution of Basu has later been added to the original<br />

set of papers.<br />

16. A remark made by Kaushik Basu at an IDPAD conference in The Hague<br />

(November 1994) was the immediate cause of this investigation.<br />

17. Basu’s first principle of efficient pricing, in which the concept of transaction<br />

costs is embedded, is discussed in Chapter 1.<br />

20


1. <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong>:<br />

an institutional perspective<br />

Heleen E. Bakker<br />

The purpose of this chapter is to present an analytical framework, based<br />

on the new institutional economics toolkit, that provides meaningful starting<br />

points to investigate the relationship between corruption and legitimacy.<br />

First, the concepts of legitimacy and corruption are clarified. Second,<br />

the debate on corruption is summarized: has the relationship<br />

between corruption and legitimacy been tackled before by social scientists<br />

and if so, what are their main findings? Third, an institutional framework<br />

of analysis is presented. The principles of property rights, principal-agent,<br />

and transaction costs are applied to clarify the varying effects that corruption<br />

has on different dimensions of legitimacy. The underlying thought is<br />

that the institutional framework provides a more neutral and concise analysis<br />

than moralist and revisionist frameworks. Case studies in the remainder<br />

of this volume put this hypothesis to the test.<br />

1. <strong>Legitimacy</strong> and <strong>Corruption</strong><br />

Before analysing the relationship between corruption and legitimacy, both<br />

concepts need to be clearly defined. How should one define ‘legitimacy’?<br />

Currently, many definitions and opinions are used. Broadly speaking, these<br />

definitions can be subdivided into two groups: on the one hand, there are<br />

objective views of a mainly philosophical heritage, that give factual and<br />

substantial criteria for determining whether a regime is legitimate or not.<br />

On the other hand, there is a behavioral category, in which the subject<br />

itself determines what is legitimate or not (Wecke, 1985). Here, a<br />

behavioural approach is adopted. A regime is legitimate, if its citizens consider<br />

it to be legitimate. 1 This creates a problem: there is no country in<br />

which the citizens form a homogeneous group, and therefore, within a<br />

society, there will be different views and opinions regarding what is legitimate<br />

or not. Nevertheless, following Friedrich, it is stated here that a<br />

regime is considered legitimate ‘when a given rulership is believed to be<br />

based on a good title by most men subject to it’ (Wecke, 1985, p.101). 2<br />

21


In order to fully understand the way in which corruption affects the<br />

legitimacy of a regime, three different ‘titles’ or dimensions to the concept<br />

of ‘legitimacy’ need to be distinguished. In itself, legitimacy is a political<br />

concept; it refers to the way in which a political regime uses its means of<br />

power to acquire and/or maintain legitimacy. Therefore, the political dimension<br />

of legitimacy is self-evident. Lipset’s definition of legitimacy<br />

refers to this dimension: ‘the capacity of the system to engender and maintain<br />

the belief that the existing political institutions are the most appropriate<br />

ones for the society’. 3<br />

Secondly, legitimacy has the meaning of legality, or rightfulness. In a<br />

legal philosophic approach, legitimacy stands for the fact that citizens<br />

freely accept the authority of the government, because they see it as their<br />

civic duty. Public authority is considered as justified, or legitimate. The<br />

grounds on which this sense of duty is based, vary. Hoekema refers to<br />

‘legality’ as the most important reason for accepting government rule:<br />

‘...the legitimizing principle is found in the commitment of the authorities<br />

to the law’ (1991, p.5). Friedrich shares this view: ‘An order is considered<br />

legitimate, if it is recognized as consistent with the law’. 4 <strong>Legitimacy</strong> in<br />

this sense, is referred to as legal legitimacy. It is noted that the legal legitimacy<br />

of a regime may rest on nothing but appearance: the authorities<br />

declare that they will live up to the law but in effect fail to do so. This is<br />

called pseudo-legitimacy.<br />

Apart from a legal basis as a ground for legitimacy, a regime can<br />

also acquire legitimacy because citizens appreciate its economic policy. In<br />

this case, legitimacy is determined by the public opinion that the economic<br />

system is functioning as it should, and that it is effective in terms of satisfying<br />

the people’s needs. This dimension is called economic legitimacy.<br />

Dye notes that ‘poor performance, unequal outcomes and gross inefficiencies,<br />

will not necessarily doom a decision-making system, if the<br />

process by which these outcomes were produced is perceived as right,<br />

proper and just’ (1990, p.3-4). Here, the reverse line of reasoning is<br />

adopted: even if the system is not perceived as just, its legitimacy can still<br />

be preserved if the results of its economic policy are valued positively by<br />

its citizens.<br />

It has been asserted above that a regime is legitimate if its citizens<br />

consider it legitimate. Wecke: ‘<strong>Legitimacy</strong> is a process that occurs in the<br />

citizen’s mind. It refers to a continuous evaluation of government and<br />

governmental behaviour to criteria found important by the subject’ (1985,<br />

p.101). The criteria applied by citizens are inspired by basic values in a<br />

22


society, which, according to Wecke, are the products of political socialization<br />

and political culture. At this point, a connection can be made to the<br />

horizontal institutional gap that was discussed in the introduction. In case<br />

society is undergoing a period of (radical) change, and basic values have<br />

not yet crystallized, citizens will find it difficult to judge the legitimacy of<br />

the regime, because they are caught between the values of the old institutions<br />

and the values incorporated in the new institutions. During these<br />

transitions, it is hard to predict how citizens will value the different dimensions<br />

of legitimacy. Will they give more weight to economic considerations,<br />

and thus value the economic legitimacy of a regime higher than the<br />

legal and the political legitimacy? This and other questions regarding the<br />

relationship between legitimacy and corruption, are discussed by Schulte<br />

Nordholt (chapter 4). Before the relationship between corruption and the<br />

three dimensions of legitimacy is expanded further, however, the concept<br />

of ‘corruption’ needs to be clearly defined as well.<br />

In this chapter, the public office centred definition of Bayley is<br />

adopted: corruption refers to the misuse of competences, as laid down by<br />

law, by politicians and civil servants as a result of considerations of personal<br />

gain. This type of definition refers to deviations from norms that are<br />

connected to the practice of a public office. This is not a moralistic<br />

approach that prescribes the norms that should be held; the norms that are<br />

referred to here concern principles and procedures in the bureaucratic<br />

administration, that can be identified impartially, and without expressing<br />

any value judgements. Personal gain relates to both material and immaterial<br />

rewards such as status, both for oneself and/or one’s close relatives.<br />

The latter case is referred to as nepotism. Finally, the act of corruption<br />

can be initiated both by the politician/civil servant himself (misuse of<br />

authority) or by the supposed beneficiaries of the corruption (bribery).<br />

Fraud does not come within this definition of corruption.<br />

<strong>Legitimacy</strong> thus has different dimensions, and corruption, as a legal,<br />

economic and socio-political distortion, can have different effects on these<br />

dimensions. Decline of legitimacy in one field does not necessarily lead to<br />

a lower degree of legitimacy in other fields, at least, not in the short term.<br />

Easton notes that the status quo can be preserved for a very long time, in<br />

spite of a low level of support for a regime. 5<br />

23


2. <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong>: what does theory tell us?<br />

Caiden and Caiden, in their article on administrative corruption (1977),<br />

distinguish two theoretical approaches to corruption, before adding a third<br />

one themselves. The first approach is that of the moralists, who reject corruption<br />

on moral grounds. 6 Moralists look upon corruption as an obstacle<br />

to modernisation and development, that undermines the legitimacy of a<br />

regime. Myrdal, for example, holds the opinion that: ‘the prevalence of<br />

corruption provides strong inhibitions and obstacles to development...corruption<br />

counteracts the strivings for national consolidation, decreases<br />

respect for and allegiance to the government, and endangers political stability’<br />

(1989, p.953). Moralists, in as far as the relationship between corruption<br />

and legitimacy is an explicit subject of their studies, restrict themselves<br />

to the formal, legal dimension of legitimacy. 7 They side with the<br />

thesis of Elders: ‘when legislation and regulation are considered arbitrary<br />

in a society, public support ceases to exist: people are no longer willing to<br />

live by the rules’ (1987, p.16). What mechanisms exactly determine the<br />

relationship between corruption and legitimacy, however, is not discussed.<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> is wrong, simply, because it is wrong. As a result, the legitimacy<br />

of the regime will inevitably decrease. Gould criticizes the moralistic<br />

approach as ‘not useful’ (1980, p.3). Scott shares this view: ‘...acts<br />

of...corruption are more...successfully analyzed as normal channels of<br />

political activity than as cases of deviant pathology requiring incarceration<br />

and/or moral instruction for the perpetrator(s)’ (1972, p.viii).<br />

The second approach is that of the revisionists, who break with the<br />

moralistic assumption that corruption has an overwhelmingly negative<br />

influence on the process of development. According to them, corruption<br />

can fulfil beneficial functions from a societal point of view. Whether corruption<br />

forms an obstacle to development and modernisation, or, under<br />

certain circumstances, contributes to these processes, has long dominated<br />

the debate on corruption. ‘There is a vigorous debate in development<br />

studies circles as to whether corruption in all cases is detrimental to the<br />

interests of the poor or whether, in some cases, corruption might actually<br />

facilitate development’, says Ward in the preface of his book <strong>Corruption</strong>,<br />

Development and Inequality (1989). Klitgaard summarizes the beneficial<br />

effects of corruption as follows: first, there is the ‘economist’s reminder’:<br />

corruption introduces elements of the market mechanism to the economy<br />

and thus brings about a more efficient allocation of scarce goods. 8 Second,<br />

there is the ‘political scientist’s reminder’: politicians use corruption as a<br />

24


means of achieving political integration and as a result, stability in their<br />

country. Finally, there is the ‘manager’s reminder’: corruption increases<br />

the efficiency of the administrative bureaucracy because it bypasses unwieldy<br />

and time consuming procedures 9 (1988, pp.30-33).<br />

Revisionists, in their analysis of the relationship between corruption<br />

and legitimacy, have mainly given attention to the economic dimension of<br />

legitimacy. Where corruption serves to increase the economic efficiency in<br />

such a way that citizens also gain - that is, if the graft money does not<br />

directly disappear into Swiss bank accounts - the economic legitimacy of<br />

the regime is preserved. 10 At the same time, revisionists assume that corruption<br />

can contribute to the political development of a society, and to the<br />

establishment of legitimate political institutions. Heidenheimer quotes<br />

Abueva: ‘In the early stages of political-administrative development,...,<br />

nepotism, spoils and graft may actually promote national unification and<br />

stability, nation-wide participation in public affairs, the formation of a<br />

viable party system and bureaucratic accountability to political institutions’<br />

(1970, p.479). Huntington too believes that corruption can, under favourable<br />

circumstances, contribute to political development: ‘...corruption provides<br />

immediate, specific benefits to groups which might have otherwise<br />

been thoroughly alienated from society. <strong>Corruption</strong> may thus be functional<br />

to the maintenance of a political system in the same way that reform is’<br />

(1989, p.381). Eventually, revisionists believe that corruption will disappear<br />

as modernisation and development progress, and the horizontal institutional<br />

gap is gradually bridged. To enforce their argument, they refer to<br />

the development of Western Europe and the United States, where the process<br />

of institutional change that led to severe corruption, was also responsible<br />

for its gradual removal. Scott describes the prevalence of the model<br />

of ‘machine politics’ in the major cities of the United States during the<br />

last turn of the century: ‘...the machine once managed to fashion a cacophony<br />

of concrete, parochial demands in immigrant choked cities into a<br />

system of rule that was reasonably effective and legitimate’ (1970,<br />

p.550). 11 Huntington points to the fact that graft money was used to<br />

strengthen political parties: ‘The nineteenth century experience of England<br />

and the United States is one long lesson in the use of public funds and<br />

public office to build party organizations’. <strong>Corruption</strong>, thus, was responsible<br />

for its own decay: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> varies inversely with political organization<br />

and to the extent that corruption builds parties, it undermines the<br />

conditions of its own existence’ (1989, p.387). Although corruption on the<br />

25


one hand, stems from an institutional gap, it, on the other hand, contributes<br />

to the bridging of this gap, says Huntington.<br />

According to the revisionists, the extent to which the legitimacy of a<br />

regime is undermined by corruption depends on both the visibility of and<br />

the sensitivity to corruption in a society as well as to the degree of tolerance<br />

that is prevalent in a culture towards this phenomenon. By visibility<br />

revisionists mean the extent to which the public is knowledgeable about<br />

the occurrence of corrupt practices, whereas sensitivity refers to the extent<br />

to which citizens actually suffer as a result of corruption, in the sense that<br />

corruption leads directly to a deterioration in their living conditions. The<br />

higher the visibility of and the sensitivity to corruption in a society, the<br />

stronger the feelings of cynicism and apathy that will spread among the<br />

population: the legitimacy of the regime crumbles. The higher the tolerance<br />

that a culture shows with respect to corruption, the higher the<br />

chances are that the legitimacy of the regime will be preserved 12 , that is,<br />

within certain limits. 13 Although the relationship between corruption and<br />

legitimacy is discussed in the revisionist literature, this approach also lacks<br />

a structural analysis that maps the mechanisms and circumstances that<br />

determine the interaction between the two.<br />

In the 1970s, the revisionist approach strongly dominated the debate<br />

on corruption. In the eighties, however, its findings were reassessed. Caiden<br />

and Caiden note that ‘the tide has turned and the revisionists no<br />

longer have the reception they once did’ (1993, p.15). The main criticism<br />

towards the revisionists is that their analyses restrict themselves to individual<br />

cases, and do not offer a general explanation. 14 Furthermore, Caiden<br />

and Caiden rightly observe that corruption has not disappeared in Western<br />

societies with the progression of development (1993, p.11). The corruption<br />

that struck England in the eighteenth and the United States in the nineteenth<br />

century, may have been overcome by newly developed political and<br />

legal institutions, but this is by no means a guarantee that all corruption<br />

now belongs to the past. On the contrary, corruption nowadays threatens<br />

to enter the most impeccable societies, as a result of the vertical institutional<br />

gap.<br />

Caiden and Caiden contrast the ‘individual corruption’, to which the<br />

analyses of both moralists and revisionists are restricted, with their own<br />

notion of ‘systemic corruption’: ‘a situation where wrongdoing has<br />

become the norm, and the standard accepted behaviour necessary to accomplish<br />

organizational goals according to notions of public responsibility<br />

and trust have become the exception, not the rule’ (1977, p.306). The<br />

26


authors emphasize the destructive nature of corruption with regard to<br />

legitimacy: ‘It suppresses opposition contributing to increasing resentment’<br />

(1977, p.307). In a review of their 1977 article, they describe how the<br />

population of Sicily, after the assassination of two public attorneys,<br />

expressed its anger and summoned the government to finally take action<br />

against the Mafia, that until then was tolerated in silence. Why this sudden<br />

change of attitude? Caiden and Caiden ascribe the change to ‘a sense of<br />

guilt for lack of past reactions’, but fail to give a more elaborate analysis<br />

of the mechanisms that determine the relationship between corruption and<br />

legitimacy.<br />

Since neither moralists, nor revisionists, nor Caiden and Caiden -<br />

although it is to their credit that they have lifted the analysis of corruption<br />

above the individual plane - give a satisfactory analysis of the mechanisms<br />

that determine the relationship between corruption and legitimacy, it is<br />

asked here whether a fourth approach, derived from the new institutional<br />

economics, offers a better starting point for such an analysis.<br />

3. An institutional perspective<br />

An institutional framework is adopted in order to further analyze the relationship<br />

between corruption and legitimacy. Within this framework, the<br />

concepts of property rights, transaction costs, and the principal-agent<br />

approach play a central role. These concepts are derived from the ‘new<br />

institutional economics’ approach. This approach builds on the former<br />

institutional economics framework, which confronts neoclassical economics<br />

with its shortcomings, and it extends the neoclassical framework by<br />

incorporating this criticism into a new economic model. The three most<br />

important points of criticism that the institutionalists hold against the neoclassicals<br />

relate to the fact that the neoclassical model (1) reduces human<br />

behaviour to a rational choice model that is determined solely by considerations<br />

of marginal utility and cost; (2) regards economic reality as a closed<br />

system, in which legal and social institutions, technological development<br />

and human preferences are considered as exogenous; (3) does not take into<br />

account the dynamics of societal development: the model has an ahistorical<br />

character. ‘It can be concluded that institutionalists aim to achieve a<br />

higher reflection of reality in their economic analysis’ (De Vries, 1992,<br />

pp.22-23). The new institutionalists share this objective, but instead of just<br />

describing the institutions, as their predecessors did, they try to incorporate<br />

27


them into the neoclassical models of economic analysis. They do this by<br />

expressing institutions, e.g. regulations, customs and organizational structures,<br />

in terms of transaction costs. Institutions thus become the subject of<br />

economic analysis, and in this sense, the new institutional approach can be<br />

seen as complementary to neoclassical economics. 15 Here, Uphoff’s definition<br />

of institutions is adopted: ‘Institutions are complexes of norms and<br />

behaviours that persist over time by serving collectively valued purposes’<br />

(1986, p.9).<br />

De Vries describes property rights as ‘the economic and social relations<br />

that determine the position of each individual with regard to the<br />

use of scarce resources’. He notes that the economic precedes the legal:<br />

first, the societal context determines the scope and the content of the economic<br />

activities, which, then, shape civil rights and duties, or, in the new<br />

institutional terminology, property rights. It has been argued that the process<br />

of transition, whereby, as a result of societal changes, new economic<br />

institutions are established, needs to be accompanied by the introduction of<br />

new political and legal institutions, that can effectively control the economic<br />

institutions, in order to avoid falling into an institutional gap. These<br />

political and legal institutions, in De Vries’ approach, can be regarded as<br />

property rights. Property rights distinguish the public from the private<br />

sphere, which is essential when analysing the occurrence of corruption.<br />

When institutionalization of property rights is not forthcoming, an institutional<br />

gap arises, as a result of which corruption takes root in a society.<br />

This is exactly what has happened in the former Soviet Union, and in<br />

some other Eastern European countries, where the rigid system of central<br />

planning has broken down. The same phenomenon can be observed in<br />

subsaharan Africa, where structural adjustment programmes that concentrate<br />

on economic reforms and reducing the role of the state are forced upon<br />

governments by the World Bank and the IMF without giving due attention<br />

to the necessary institutional reforms. Platteau (1994, p. 536) criticizes this<br />

approach and stresses that the ‘social structure’ is crucial to the successful<br />

implementation of the market mechanism: ‘...policy makers concerned<br />

with reforming poor countries’ economies entrapped in relative stagnation...ought<br />

to question the appropriateness of abruptly imposing market<br />

mechanisms and rules...on these countries. As a matter of fact, things may<br />

turn out as though the latter’s social structure would vengefully react to<br />

this ‘institutional rape’ by actually subverting the market and thereby<br />

causing significant unintended effects to arise not only on the plane of<br />

equity but also on that of efficiency’. One of these significant unintended<br />

28


effects is the occurrence of corruption, which will be consolidated as the<br />

institutional gap widens. De Vries explains variations in efficiency by<br />

pointing out the weakening of property rights, accompanied by high transaction<br />

costs: ‘It is not only the costs of production, but also the transaction<br />

costs resulting from the property rights structure under which production<br />

takes place, that determine efficiency’ (1992, p.55).<br />

What are transaction costs? Within the new institutional framework,<br />

the neoclassical assumption that information does not have any relevance<br />

to the decision making processes of economic units, is rejected. It is no<br />

longer assumed that the use of information is without cost. Coase has been<br />

the first to introduce the concept of ‘information costs’ (transaction costs)<br />

in his article ‘The Nature of the Firm’. 16 De Vries: ‘In Coase’s approach,<br />

costs related to the use of the price mechanism in the neoclassical decision<br />

making model are introduced. Economic subjects, to whom the principles<br />

of utility or profit maximization are still valid, also need to take these information<br />

costs into account’ (1992, p.40). Transaction costs, thus, are<br />

connected with the use of information on the stated objectives of any good<br />

or service. Costs of negotiating and completing a transaction are examples<br />

of transaction costs. They are always present to some degree, and they are<br />

a necessary cost when doing business. However, when the transaction<br />

costs of a certain good are too high, production will not take place, even<br />

though the good is highly valued, because the transaction costs cannot be<br />

earned back by the price mechanism. This is one of the imperfections of<br />

the market mechanism. If transaction costs were included in economic<br />

cost accounting, these imperfections would be revealed: ‘It is essential to<br />

recognize that the allocation of goods and services is characterized by an<br />

information problem, in which interpersonal relations play an important<br />

role. From this, we can derive the presence of transaction costs, which<br />

result in a different allocation than would have been the case had transaction<br />

costs not been present’ (1992, p.46).<br />

The third concept derived from the new institutional toolkit is the<br />

principal-agent approach. 17 The relationship between a principal and his<br />

agents is not solely determined by individual characteristics of principal<br />

and agent, but depends to a large extent on the norms and values of institutions<br />

within a society. During a period of radical change, these institutional<br />

norms and values are likely to collide. The institutional discrepancy<br />

that results from this collision, gives the principal-agent relation a<br />

‘floating’ character, in the sense that the relationship is no longer<br />

embedded in socially accepted norms and values. <strong>Corruption</strong> now has the<br />

29


opportunity to enter a society, and become consolidated. In short, it is<br />

stated that a process of transition, with the introduction of economic institutions,<br />

if not accompanied by a clear definition of property rights,<br />

leads to an institutional discrepancy, which affects the nature of the principal-agent<br />

relationship. This development, which is present both at the<br />

national and at the international level (horizontal versus vertical institutional<br />

gap), is a breeding ground for corruption. Here, it is suggested<br />

that the principle of transaction costs may be a useful tool to map the<br />

costs and benefits of corruption, which will sharpen the analysis of the<br />

relationship between corruption and legitimacy.<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> involves transaction costs, which, in part, determine<br />

whether a certain good or service will be produced or not. Wood stresses<br />

the fact that the debate on corruption can not be separated from the debate<br />

on which institutional form to choose, especially regarding the supposed<br />

roles of state and market: ‘Others...find corruption in amoral markets<br />

where transactions are not transparent, where formal contracts only represent<br />

part of the transaction, where competition is imperfect and interlocking<br />

occurs, giving actors advantages outside the price mechanism’<br />

(1992, p.9). <strong>Corruption</strong>, then, is seen as an illegal form of rent-seeking 18 ,<br />

which according to Tullock causes social waste and a welfare loss: ‘From<br />

the societal standpoint, it is clear that this is a negative sum game...the<br />

total social costs are much greater than the social benefits, regardless of<br />

the rationality or irrationality of the individual resource investments’. 19<br />

Nye reasons analogously and emphasizes that corruption can lead to a<br />

waste of resources in the form of capital outflow, distortions in investments<br />

20 , waste of skills and suspension of aid budgets (1989, pp.970-71).<br />

Apart from the direct costs of corruption (the graft money that has been<br />

paid), the indirect costs related to production that does not take place, or<br />

policy that is not implemented, as a result of corruption, needs to be<br />

expressed in terms of transaction costs and included in the analysis.<br />

Not only the costs, but also the benefits of the production that takes<br />

place, and policies that are implemented, as a result of corruption, should<br />

be made explicit in terms of transaction costs. As pointed out by revisionists,<br />

corruption can sometimes function to bypass certain transaction<br />

costs. Basu’s ‘principle of efficient pricing’ (PEP) clarifies this statement. 21<br />

The true price of a product is the sum of the price the buyer pays and the<br />

seller acquires (‘transfer price’) and the price of hidden costs, like for<br />

example, time loss, irritation, and income forgone (‘deadweight price’).<br />

Basu’s principle tells us that, in organizing markets - institutions! -, it is<br />

30


important to keep deadweight cost to a minimum, in order to be able to<br />

profit from a higher transfer price. Basu gives the example of his barber,<br />

who used to charge 10 rupees for a haircut. However, his customers had to<br />

wait half an hour before they were served: estimated deadweight costs 20<br />

rupees. The true price of a haircut thus mounted to 30 rupees, of which 20<br />

rupees are nobody’s gain. Recently, the barber has started to give haircuts<br />

only on prior appointment. The price of a haircut has gone up to 20 rupees.<br />

The barber has increased his income, nevertheless his customers pay<br />

less (1994, pp.19-20). However, reducing deadweight cost does not happen<br />

naturally. In India (and elsewhere!), governments are not practising PEP as<br />

they should. Making an industrial investment, for example, is extremely<br />

expensive in terms of deadweight cost as a result of bureaucratic red tape.<br />

If deadweight costs become too high, corruption can offer a more efficient<br />

route, in accordance with revisionist reasoning.<br />

The second principle of Basu, the ‘principle of contract’ (two or more<br />

people should have the right to freely enter into any contract, which is<br />

recognized and protected by the state), is presented in Chapter 3 of this<br />

volume. Violation of the two principles increases deadweight cost, and is<br />

therefore inefficient from an economic point of view. Basu states that<br />

‘bureaucratic instinct’ is the main reason that governments intervene in<br />

economic life and bypass the two principles that form the cornerstones of<br />

sound economic policy. The bureaucratic instinct should be read as the<br />

inherent desire of government officials to enlarge their discretionary scope<br />

for policy making and/or implementation.<br />

Given this scope, authorities may have different reasons to select a certain<br />

kind of policy. The opportunity to gain extra income from a policy may<br />

be part of the considerations. In this context, Wood (1992) notes that<br />

‘demands have to be managed in ways which maintain the integrity/legitimacy<br />

of the state without over-delivery. This is an objective function, a<br />

feature of all state intervention in all societies with states. But within the<br />

performance of this objective function lies the opportunity for official<br />

actors and their allies to maximize rent-seeking’. Kurer reasons analogously:<br />

‘if politicians anticipate gains from corruption in the policy making<br />

process, sub-optimal policies will be the result. Typical examples include<br />

excessive regulation of the private sector through practices such as licensing<br />

and quotas with a view to extract the rent created by these measures’<br />

(1993, p.271).<br />

The principle of transaction costs seems to identify the costs and<br />

benefits of corruption in a more neutral and concise way than the analyses<br />

31


of moralists and revisionists. The question that is raised by the revisionist<br />

line of reasoning, namely under which circumstances corruption can or can<br />

not be beneficial is avoided. The instrument of transaction costs lists the<br />

costs and benefits of corruption in a more concise, ‘business-like’ way,<br />

separated from incidental circumstances. Additionally, the instrument of<br />

transaction costs leads to a neutral analysis, making the judgement of<br />

corruption based on a moral superiority unnecessary. In the case studies<br />

that follow, different aspects of the new institutional framework are<br />

applied in different contexts.<br />

Notes<br />

1. This view of legitimacy implies that a political system that is considered as<br />

right by its citizens is legitimate, even if it is considered as wrong, or even<br />

inhuman, when measured according to universal standards. Wecke: ‘Both the<br />

Nazi-regime and the Khomeini-regime may in this view be seen as legitimate,<br />

as they are perceived as right, if not by the entire population then at<br />

least by a passionate majority’ (1985, p.101).<br />

2. According to Wecke, legitimacy can be determined if five questions are<br />

answered. These questions are listed below as guidelines when studying the<br />

concept of ‘legitimacy’:<br />

1 what are the legitimizing values, norms, interests and expectations?;<br />

2 in what elements can the political system be subdivided?;<br />

3 which criteria are applied in assessing the political system?;<br />

4 how many citizens have such an opinion?;<br />

5 how involved are the citizens sharing this opinion?<br />

3. Quoted in Dogan, 1988, p.1.<br />

4. Quoted in Hoekema, 1991, p.7.<br />

5. In: Deschouwer, 1993, p.34. Easton’s basic assumption, however, is that<br />

decline of support forms a threat to the system, and that the system will<br />

react to this threat.<br />

6. For an example of the moralistic approach, Leys refers to Wraith and Simpkins’<br />

book, <strong>Corruption</strong> in Developing Countries (1960): ‘They are concerned<br />

with ‘the scarlet thread of bribery and corruption’, with corruption<br />

which ‘flourishes as luxuriantly as the bush and weeds which it so much<br />

resembles, taking the goodness from the soil and suffocating the growth of<br />

plants which have been carefully, and expensively, bred and tended’’ (1989,<br />

p.52).<br />

7. Heidenheimer notes, in this respect: ‘A conventional moralist might accept<br />

the contention that corruption may have some beneficial effects with regard<br />

32


to economic growth and national integration, but fall back on the argument<br />

that such benefits would be more than balanced out by the costs incurred in<br />

terms of reduced...legitimacy by a political system that tolerates a high level<br />

of corruption’ (1970, p.484).<br />

8. See Leff: ‘...we should realize how illusory is the expectation that bureaucratic<br />

policy can intervene as a deus ex machina to overcome the barriers<br />

to economic growth. In many underdeveloped countries, the bureaucracy<br />

may be a lagging rather than a leading sector’ (1989, p.401). Bayley agrees<br />

with this viewpoint and adds that the bureaucracy does not have a monopoly<br />

on making correct decisions and also implements ‘stupid’ decisions from the<br />

point of view of economic growth: ‘<strong>Corruption</strong> may serve as a means for<br />

impelling better choices, even in terms of government’s expressed goals’<br />

(1989, p.944-45).<br />

9. Myrdal fiercely rejects this argument of ‘cutting red tape’: ‘...We have no<br />

doubt that quite often delay is deliberately contrived so as to obtain some<br />

kind of illicit gratification...The popular notion...that corruption is a means<br />

of speeding up cumbersome administrative procedures is palpably wrong’<br />

(1989, p.976).<br />

10. Nye mentions the Somoza’s as an example of a family that has invested its<br />

corruption-earned capital in its own country (Nicaragua), ‘which led to impressive<br />

growth and diminished direct reliance on the army’ (1989, p.976).<br />

11. Scott suggested in 1970 that the social context that stood as the basis of<br />

politics in the United States in the nineteenth century, is comparable to the<br />

circumstances under which the new independent states are trying to build a<br />

nation. The fact that in the new edition of Heidenheimer et al. (1989), in<br />

which his article is once again published, all references to developing countries<br />

have been dropped, suggests that he changed his opinion.<br />

12. Gould points to the fact that in a tolerant culture, the amount of corruption<br />

is inclined to increase rather than decrease: ‘the chain of tolerance to corruption<br />

is such that everybody is corrupt and corrupting. Potentially honest<br />

individuals are caged, willy-nilly, into a bureaucratic system which one...observer...characterized<br />

as institutionalizing ‘hydra-headed dishonesty’’ (1980,<br />

p.xiv).<br />

13. Carduner, who has investigated the influence of corruption on rural development<br />

in Bangladesh, notes that corruption can, to a certain extent, be<br />

regarded as an ‘institution’. In his view, the extent to which corruption is<br />

acceptable to the public is a good indication of the institutionalization of<br />

corruption within a society: ‘...a common view seems to emerge that a certain<br />

amount (said to be about 10%) of baksheesh or kickback is acceptable.<br />

However, if an official starts to consistently exceed acceptable levels then<br />

public reaction will turn against him’ (1987, p.3).<br />

33


14. Caiden and Caiden: ‘Although revisionists have recognized corruption as a<br />

social fact, with structural causes and consequences, it is our contention that<br />

they have continued to think of it in individual terms’ (1977, p.306). Gould<br />

comes to the same conclusion: ‘...analysis reveals that such statements may<br />

hold valid only for individual cases’ (1980, p.4).<br />

15. For a more elaborate explanation, the reader is referred to De Vries (1992),<br />

Martinussen (1993) and Nabli and Nugent (1989).<br />

16. Economica, 4, 1937, pp.386-405. Reprinted in Stigler, G.J. and K.E. Boulding<br />

(eds), Readings in Price Theory, 1952.<br />

17. Klitgaard, who uses the principal-agent approach in his search for instruments<br />

to fight corruption, lists the following starting points for a successful<br />

anti-corruption campaign: careful selection of the agents, changing the system<br />

of rewards and penalties, changing the structure of the principal-agentclient<br />

relationship, changing people’s attitudes towards corruption and, finally,<br />

collecting and analysing information regarding corruption (1988, pp.-<br />

195-201).<br />

18. The concept of ‘rent-seeking’ was introduced in 1974 by Anne Krueger. In<br />

her article ‘The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society’ (in: American<br />

Economic Review, no.64, 1974, pp.291-303), she notes that ‘government<br />

restrictions upon economic activity give rise to rents in a variety of forms,<br />

and people often compete for these rents’. Her observations mostly concern<br />

developing countries, ‘where government interventions are frequently allembracing’.<br />

In these societies, rent-seeking often takes the form of bribery<br />

and corruption.<br />

19. Buchanan, J.M., R.D. Tollison and G. Tullock, 1980, p.20.<br />

20. In Bangladesh, for example, Carduner observes a shift in investments away<br />

from operation and maintenance, to large, capital-intensive construction<br />

works, ‘with higher misappropriation potential’ (1987, p.5).<br />

21. See: Basu, K., (1996).<br />

34


2. Some Institutional and Legal Prerequisites<br />

of Economic Reform in India<br />

Kaushik Basu 1<br />

1. Introduction<br />

The Indian Economy has attempted to implement major structural reforms<br />

since the early nineties. What began as policy interventions for combatting<br />

a crisis soon gathered momentum and ended up as a more ambitious plan<br />

to effect deeper reform measures, such as a move towards rupee convertibility,<br />

sharp cuts in imports and the delicensing of several industrial sectors.<br />

While these are important measures, this Chapter argues that we need<br />

more fundamental legal and institutional reforms if we want sustained<br />

economic progress in the long run.<br />

But what do we mean by sustained economic progress? The ultimate<br />

objective of India’s economic reforms should be to raise the standard of<br />

living of the poorest people in the country. A higher rate of growth of<br />

national income is important, but only as an instrument for helping the<br />

poorest sections.<br />

It is now increasingly clear that such an objective cannot be achieved<br />

unless our economic reforms are founded on a suitable institutional and<br />

legal base. The enormous costs of grafting the market system onto economies<br />

which do not satisfy the institutional prequisites for such a system<br />

are evident from the recent experience in Eastern Europe (see Platteau,<br />

1994, for discussion). While India has a much more robust institutional<br />

base, there is still much that needs to be done. The issues confronting the<br />

Indian economic policy makers are legion. Should the fertilizer subsidy be<br />

scrapped? Do our rent control laws need to be amended? Does the Foreign<br />

Exchange Regulation Act of 1973 need modification? Should cotton exports<br />

be restricted? Should import restrictions on consumer goods be removed?<br />

Questions depend on context. It is impossible to anticipate all the<br />

possible and potential questions that can arise in a complex, modern economy<br />

such as India. Fortunately, how we answer many of these questions<br />

and detail specific policy depends on relatively few basic principles.<br />

This Chapter moves away from questions of detailed economic policy,<br />

which have occupied the center stage of policy debates in India ever<br />

35


since the reforms began in 1991, and examines the need and scope for<br />

institutional reforms. Such reforms will entail treading on vested interests<br />

and therefore their implementation requires considerable political resolve.<br />

For institutional reform, there are two basic principles - the principle of<br />

contract and the principle of efficient pricing. The latter has been discussed<br />

at length in Basu (1996). This Chapter is therefore concerned with<br />

the principle of contract. 2 It will be argued that this principle often conflicts<br />

with the ‘bureaucratic instinct’ and, therefore, has been repeatedly<br />

bypassed in the drafting of economic policy in India, to its detriment. If<br />

this principle were followed the endless succession of complicated legislation,<br />

acts and bills 3 could be vastly simplified, to India’s advantage.<br />

Ignoring this principle in the drafting of laws pertaining to economic<br />

functioning has damaged efficiency and progress in many countries from<br />

the socialist bloc, the Third World trough to the industrialized, capitalist<br />

nations. 4 In the present Chapter, however, attention is confined to India.<br />

The principle of contract is, however, not a principle without caveats.<br />

The caveats are discussed in section 4 below. Attempts to prevent individuals<br />

from contracting and exchanging can lead to corruption. To the extent<br />

that there are areas where free contracting has to be curbed, corruption is<br />

bound to occur in all economies. <strong>Corruption</strong> is usually pernicious. It not<br />

only cuts into the moral fabric of society but, more paradoxically, hurts<br />

efficiency and progress. Hence the last section of this Chapter is a brief<br />

discussion of the control of corruption.<br />

2. The Principle of Contract<br />

The principle of contract says that two or more adults should have the<br />

right to freely enter into any contract as long as this does not adversely<br />

affect an uninvolved third party.<br />

To take an example, suppose persons A and B agree that they will<br />

both be better off if A supplies B with 100 apples from his orchard now<br />

and B supplies A with 200 oranges six months later; and so they sign a<br />

contract to that effect. If government adheres to the principle of contract, it<br />

will allow A and B to sign such a contract and, moreover, may wish to go<br />

further and require that if B refuses to give the 200 oranges six months<br />

later, A should be able to get the judiciary to enforce his claim or to seek<br />

retribution from B.<br />

36


This principle can be the basis of welfare enhancement, or, to use the<br />

economist’s jargon, effect Pareto improvements, and is the motivation<br />

behind legislation such as The Indian Contract Act, 1872. 5 If A and B<br />

voluntarily agree to a contract, it follows that they are better off by virtue<br />

of the contract. And since this principle recognizes only those contracts<br />

where uninvolved third parties are not adversely affected, then if this<br />

contract falls within the purview of this principle, its implementation must<br />

make some people better off (A and B) and no one worse off, which is the<br />

definition of a Pareto improvement. An example of a government that<br />

does not adhere to this principle is one which has a law which states, for<br />

instance, that no one is allowed to exchange apples for oranges or that the<br />

only exchanges that are permitted are 1 apple for 1 orange. It is easy to<br />

see that such a law may well thwart a desired transaction between A and<br />

B. It is possible that A would not agree to such an exchange because,<br />

given his preference, it is not worthwhile giving up one apple for only one<br />

orange. Even if it were the case that they could secretly agree to exchange<br />

100 apples for 200 oranges, a different problem could arise. If B reneges<br />

at the end of six months (that is, when the time comes for him to deliver<br />

the oranges), A will not receive help from the government because he will<br />

not be able to reveal the original contract, which is in contravention of the<br />

law. Since B is aware of A’s predicament it is quite possible that B will in<br />

fact renege. Since A is also aware of this, A may refuse to enter this contract<br />

in the first place.<br />

This example shows that a government’s non-adherence to the principle<br />

of contract can diminish social welfare by dampening trade and economic<br />

activity. Indeed a market economy cannot function unless people can<br />

enter contracts and expect them to be enforced. For this we need the<br />

government to provide legal institutions which are supportive of this principle.<br />

However, there are exceptions to this principle. There are some contracts<br />

which come under the purview of this principle but may have to be<br />

overruled; I discuss some exceptions later. What is astonishing is the extent<br />

to which this principle, or rule, is disregarded in India. Legislation<br />

after legislation (many of which supercede the Indian Contract Act, 1872)<br />

tell us how we should behave, with scant respect for voluntary contract.<br />

This cannot but thwart economic progress and the result, to wit, the Indian<br />

economy, is fair testimony.<br />

To illustrate an overt violation of the principle of contract, consider<br />

the Delhi Rent Control Act, 1958. It is replete with references to ‘standard<br />

37


ent’, ‘fair rent’ and ‘lawful increase’ of rent. The following quotations are<br />

from Section 4.<br />

(1) Except where rent is liable to periodical increase by virtue of an<br />

agreement entered into before the 1st day of January, 1939, no tenant<br />

shall, notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, be liable to pay<br />

to his landlord for the occupation of any premises any amount in excess<br />

of the standard rent of the premises, unless such amount is a lawful<br />

increase of the standard rent in accordance with the provisions of<br />

this Act.<br />

(2) Subject to provisions of sub-section (1) any agreement for the<br />

payment of rent in excess of the standard rent shall be construed as if<br />

it were an agreement for the payment of the standard rent only.<br />

Observe that clause (2) above says that even if a landlord and a tenant<br />

voluntarily agree upon a rent above the standard rent, the state will not<br />

recognize the contract. For a large class of tenancies, the annual standard<br />

rent is calculated in a mechanical fashion. It is 10 percent of the actual<br />

cost of construction and the market price of the land on the date of the<br />

commencement of the construction. There is no reason at all why this<br />

should be treated as sacrosanct.<br />

The rules for rent increase are as severe. Section 6 states:<br />

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the standard rent, or<br />

where no standard rent is fixed under the provisions of this Act in<br />

respect of any premises, the rent agreed upon between the landlord and<br />

the tenant may be increased by 10 percent every three years.<br />

Every time the government sets up a commission to examine the<br />

rental laws, the members of the commission invariably spend a lot of time<br />

on such matters. ‘Is 10% every three years fair’? they ask. Some say that<br />

in these days of inflation this is not enough. Some argue that, since tenants<br />

are generally poorer than the landlords, there should be no provision<br />

for a rent increase.<br />

The rent control act, and debates of the above kind, reveal fundamental<br />

flaws in our thinking on policy. The question is not whether 3.3%<br />

per annum is a sufficient increase, but why the government should be<br />

fixing such things in the first place. These are matters which the tenant<br />

38


and the landlord should be free to fix at the time of entering into a tenancy<br />

agreement. Suppose a tenant and a landlord agree<br />

(A) on a high initial rent but no further increases after that, or,<br />

(B) on a low initial rent and an annual increase by the same percentage<br />

as the increase in wholesale price index.<br />

The existing rent control law will not recognize (A) or (B). The<br />

rationale behind such wanton violation of the principle of contract is not<br />

evident. It stems from a failure to appreciate the principle of contract and<br />

the instinctive meddlesomeness of human beings, or what may alternatively<br />

be called the ‘bureaucratic instinct’.<br />

The risks of ignoring the principle of contract and, equally, of externally<br />

fixing the terms of a contract can be great. 6 In the above example, at<br />

times of high inflation, given the terms of the rent control act, it may be<br />

better for landlords not to lease out their property but simply benefit from<br />

the appreciation of its value. This is what has happened in India and partly<br />

explains the shortage of housing in the country. It is likely that if the<br />

principle of contract were recognized, many more houses would be available<br />

to tenants and the increased supply would probably result in diminished<br />

averaged market rents.<br />

Most Indian laws begin by saying ‘Notwithstanding any prior contract<br />

among the involved parties...’ or words to this effect. What we need<br />

however, are ‘contract-regarding laws’. Such a law would begin by saying,<br />

‘In the event of the involved parties not having agreed to a prior contract...’.<br />

Thus a contract-regarding rent-control law, that is one which respects<br />

the principle of contract, would urge every landlord and tenant to sign a<br />

contract at the time of leasing. Then it would specify a few rules for cases<br />

where no such initial contract was made.<br />

Given that many Indian laws are designed with the sole aim of<br />

trampling over voluntarily agreed contracts, the code of law would shrink<br />

vastly if the law were made to respect the principle of contract. The main<br />

purpose of such a legal system would be to enforce the contracts people<br />

sign instead of telling people what should be the exact nature of their<br />

contracts.<br />

Before moving on, here are some more examples of contract-overriding<br />

laws. Suppose two ordinary citizens, A and B, agree to a contract<br />

whereby A (who has recently earned dollars but needs Indian money) will<br />

give B 100 dollars, and A will in exchange get 3000 rupees from B (who<br />

has the rupees but needs the dollars). This contract would unfortunately be<br />

39


considered null and void because section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Regulation<br />

Act, 1973, disallows such transactions between ordinary citizens.<br />

Suppose an employer, A, and a workman, B, have decided on certain<br />

compensation to be paid to the workman in the event of a retrenchment.<br />

Again this will be considered null and void by the judiciary unless it happens<br />

to coincide exactly with the terms in Section 25F of the Industrial<br />

Disputes Act, 1947, which require that:<br />

the workman has been paid at the time of retrenchment, compensation<br />

which shall be equivalent to fifteen days’ average pay for every completed<br />

year of continuous service or any part thereof in excess of six<br />

months.<br />

The Industrial Disputes Act was amended in important ways in 1976<br />

and 1982. It became obligatory for firms to obtain official permission for<br />

layoffs and retrenchment. In particular, establishments employing 100 or<br />

more employees now require prior permission from government for layoffs,<br />

retrenchment and closures; and, as Datta Chaudhuri (1994) observes,<br />

‘government permission is seldom given’. Apart from the impact of this<br />

on industrial efficiency 7 , these laws show a total disregard for ex ante<br />

agreements between workers and employers.<br />

This is the reason why I find much of the debate on exit policy misplaced.<br />

The debate presumes that there must exist exogenous rules for the<br />

dissolution of firms and industries. A more efficient system would encourage<br />

workers and employers to enter into contingency contracts about how<br />

workers are to be compensated and how the assets are to be split in the<br />

event of the company’s closure. The main aim of the law should be to<br />

help with the implementation of such contracts.<br />

The defenders of the status quo may argue that workers and tenants<br />

are generally in a weaker bargaining position and so to allow free contract<br />

would necessarily mean a worse deal for them. This argument is wrong. It<br />

can be shown that in many situations adherence to the principle of contract<br />

would not only enhance total welfare, but actually make the worker<br />

better off and the tenant better off (Basu, 1995; Fields, 1993).<br />

One simple fallacy in this argument is easy to see. In Calcutta’s Salt<br />

Lake City plots of land were sold by the government at below the market<br />

price. The idea was to enable the middle and lower-middle classes to<br />

acquire property which they would, otherwise, be unable to buy. This is<br />

indeed a desirable objective. Something similar is true of the land given to<br />

40


Delhi’s ubiquitous cooperative housing societies. Having given this land,<br />

the government was worried that soon the rich would buy up the land<br />

from the not-so-rich and would displace the latter from Salt Lake City. So<br />

what did it do? Through a variety of laws the government has made it<br />

virtually illegal to sell land acquired from the government to other citizens.<br />

Of course, citizens get around it. Through various powers of attorney<br />

and false declarations they do buy land and sell houses, but this entails<br />

considerable transaction costs and enriches lawyers and government officials<br />

in charge of enforcing the law. Indeed, some laws such as the Monopolies<br />

and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969, seem to exist only to be<br />

‘got around’ (Singh, 1993).<br />

3. The Labour Market: An Example<br />

Let me now try to explain how respecting the principle of contract in<br />

labour markets can help the labourers. 8 Let us consider a model where an<br />

employer and a labourer can freely chose a daily wage (piece rates being<br />

ruled out by assumption). After that, once the worker begins to work, he<br />

can choose to be ‘lax’ or ‘hard-working’. It seems reasonable to assume<br />

that, other things remaining the same, he prefers to be lax, though productivity<br />

is, of course, higher if he is hard-working. The law that we shall<br />

consider pertains to the employer’s right to dismiss the worker from employment.<br />

Consider two alternative legal scenarios.<br />

Law 1 The employer cannot dismiss the worker even if he is lax.<br />

Law 2 The employer and the worker have to agree on (a) or (b), below;<br />

and then they must adhere to what they have agreed upon.<br />

(a) The employer cannot dismiss the worker even if he is lax.<br />

(b) The employer has the right to dismiss the worker if he is<br />

lax.<br />

Law 2 is closer to the principle of contract, since it gives the involved<br />

parties some freedom of contract, whereas law 1 gives no freedom. At first<br />

sight it looks as though this is a freedom to the advantage of the<br />

employer. Clearly, if law 2 is effective, the employer will insist on (b).<br />

And this must hurt the worker.<br />

41


Every sentence in the above paragraph is true, except the last one. To<br />

see this consider the data given below, where all numbers are rupee equivalants.<br />

Cost of worker<br />

Output produced<br />

Worker<br />

Lax Hard-working<br />

4<br />

6<br />

Hence, it is being assumed that if the worker works all day in a lax manner<br />

the cost of sweat to him is 4 rupees. Hard work is more onerous than<br />

laziness; hence a day spent on hard work costs the worker more, namely,<br />

6 rupees. The chart also shows that a day of lax work produces 6 rupees<br />

worth of output and a day of hard work produces 10 rupees worth of output.<br />

Finally, I shall assume that a worker would prefer not to lose his job<br />

(as long as het gets positive benefit from the job).<br />

Let us now see what will be the outcomes under different legal<br />

regimes. If law 1 is effective, the worker will certainly not work hard.<br />

Once his daily wage is fixed, given that he cannot be dismissed, he is best<br />

off being lax. Hence, at the days’s end there will be 6 rupees worth of<br />

output and 4 rupees worth of sweat lost by the worker. The net benefit of<br />

the enterprise is 2. Let me, for simplicity, assume that the worker and the<br />

employer will bargain to ensure that the wage is such that the net benefit<br />

is split equally. 9 In that case the wage will be 5. Let us denote the wage in<br />

a regime of law 1 by w 1. Hence, w 1 = 5. Note that this gives the worker a<br />

net benefit of w 1 -4=1andtheemployer a net benefit of 6-w 1 =1.<br />

Now suppose it is law 2 that is effective. If the employer and the<br />

worker opt for (a) the outcome will be exactly as under law 1. What happens<br />

if they opt for (b)? Since the worker knows that he will be dismissed<br />

if he does not work hard, he will choose to work hard. The cost of labour<br />

will be 6 and output 10, thereby creating a net surplus of 4. Hence, following<br />

the same reasoning as before wage, w 2, (that is, the wage that prevails<br />

under law 2) will now be 8. This will give the worker a net benefit<br />

of w 2 - 6 = 2 and the employer a net benefit of 10 - w 2 = 2. Hence, given<br />

a choice between (a) and (b), they will voluntary contract to abide by (b).<br />

If this contract is then enforced, they are both better off. What is surpri-<br />

42<br />

6<br />

10


sing is that by relinquishing the right not to be dismissed the worker is<br />

actually better off.<br />

A different way of viewing Law 2 is this. Law 2 is like Law 1 with<br />

the worker having the additional right to give up his right not to be dismissed.<br />

Hence to make my criticism in this light we could say that the<br />

Indian law gives individuals many rights but it typically does not give him<br />

the right to give up any of these rights. 10<br />

If we are hesitant to go all the way to contract-regarding laws, an<br />

intermediate step would be to make some provision for the ‘right-to give<br />

up rights’. When I first came to Delhi in the late seventies, I needed to<br />

rent an apartment for a few years, but could not afford a large rent. If I<br />

could credibly assure the landlords I saw that I would leave their premises<br />

in three years, many would have happily leased their apartment to me at a<br />

low rent (the scope for taking in new tenants three years later, by when<br />

rents would have risen, being adequate compensation) but there was no<br />

way I could thus assure them. My right as a tenant, generously conferred<br />

on me by the government, not to be forced out became, for me, an albatross<br />

that I could not shake off. There is hardly any provision in the law<br />

which gave me the right to give up my right. The right to give up rights is<br />

not however an unheard of concept in world legal systems. A student who<br />

gets admission into an American university has the right to demand to see<br />

the recommendation his professor has written for him. However, U.S. law<br />

also gives him the right to ‘waive this right’ if he so wishes.<br />

It is worth emphasizing that the right to give up a right must not be<br />

confused with the right not to exercise a right, which we all, of course,<br />

always have. A tenant in India certainly has the right to quit when asked<br />

to do so by his landlord and therefore not exercise his right to stay on.<br />

What the Indian law does not confer upon a tenant is the right to give up,<br />

in advance, his right not to quit.<br />

A possible objection to this suggestion is to argue that giving a<br />

worker the right to waive his right not to be dismissed is equivalent to<br />

revoking certain sections of the Industrial Disputes Act, in particular, the<br />

sections that grant him the right not be dismissed; and so one should take<br />

the easier route of revoking the relevant sections. There are two counterarguments<br />

to this. The revocation of a law, especially one which gives the<br />

impression of protecting a certain section of the population, is never politically<br />

easy. On the other hand, the addition of a clause which gives an<br />

‘additional’ right - to wit, the right to waive a right - may be politically an<br />

easier task. Turning now to the question of equivalence, the two alterna-<br />

43


tive amendments to the law are equivalent only in a certain idealized economic<br />

model. In reality, what is very important is the default option that<br />

the law specifies. In a country like India, large, over-populated and economically<br />

less developed, there will always be workers and employers who<br />

will not have a written contract over retrenchment. If an employer wants<br />

to dismiss an employee with whom no contract was signed, then they will<br />

have to fall back on the law as the default option. Here the two amendments<br />

would make a big difference. If we revoke the relevant sections of<br />

the Industrial Disputes Act, the employer will be able to dismiss the worker<br />

without cost. On the other hand, if we amend the act by adding the<br />

‘right to waiver’ clause, the worker can claim that since he did not waive<br />

his right not to be dismissed, he cannot be dismissed.<br />

What is being argued in this Chapter is that we should encourage free<br />

contracting. In the absence of a contract we are in a less favourable situation<br />

and between the two options available in such a world, namely giving<br />

the employer the right to dismiss and giving the employee the right<br />

not to be dismissed, I prefer the latter. Hence, my case for amending the<br />

existing law by adding a ‘right to waiver’ clause.<br />

4. Some Caveats<br />

As mentioned earlier, there may indeed be cases where we would want to<br />

violate the principle of contract. One class of exceptions concerns very<br />

long-term contracts. Many societies consider it proper to prevent workers<br />

from making contracts for life. Such contracts can lead to serfdom and<br />

bondage. Since it is arguable that human beings are inherently shortsighted,<br />

they should be prevented from signing away all their rights for the<br />

rest of their lives. Thus we may agree that a voluntarily agreed upon contract<br />

which is the basis of life-long bondage should be disallowed by law.<br />

The Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976, while notably poor in<br />

its drafting as a piece of legislation, is a law in the spirit of the above<br />

argument. Similarly, we may want to think of human beings as being<br />

endowed with certain fundamental rights which even they themselves<br />

cannot give up. Thus if two persons write a contract which entails one of<br />

them to die under certain contingencies, such a contract would be disallowed.<br />

Secondly, there are indeed cases where the weaker side could benefit<br />

if the terms of some contract were externally specified by the government<br />

44


instead of being left to be determined through free bargain. For instance, if<br />

the labour market is oligopsonistic, a minimum wage law may not only<br />

raise wages but also increase employment; and for this reason I believe<br />

that minimum wage laws can play a valuable role in some markets. There<br />

are other reasons as well (see, for instance, Drazen, 1986; Card and Krueger,<br />

1994).<br />

Before moving on, it is worth emphasizing that, even for such an<br />

intermediate step towards the principle of contract, there will be exceptions.<br />

Government must have a special commitment to protect the poor<br />

and the weak, and there may indeed be situations where the principle<br />

would have to be violated in order to protect the interests of such people.<br />

It is worth pointing out that, in doing so, the government has often actually<br />

worked against the interest of the poor.<br />

What the principle of contract suggests is a way of thinking. Instead<br />

of beginning by having exogenous or imposed contracts, the present paper<br />

recommends that we go about this the other way around. That is, we<br />

should in general allow free contracting, and forbid this only when there is<br />

good reason to believe that there may be large and adverse general equilibrium<br />

effects or third party effects. To sum up, the basis of economic<br />

progress is a contract-regarding legal system. There may be cases where<br />

we want contract-overriding laws but these should be the exception rather<br />

than the rule.<br />

5. A Digression on Price Control<br />

The principle of contract allows us to view the effect of price control in a<br />

different light. It is often argued that the price of essential goods should be<br />

controlled to ensure that everyone is able to buy them. What is not appreciated<br />

is that the success or failure of such a scheme depends critically<br />

on how price is controlled. I shall consider two mechanisms here. First,<br />

price can be controlled by decree, that is, by making it illegal to sell a<br />

product above a certain price. Secondly, price can be controlled by giving<br />

a subsidy.<br />

If price is kept low by decree, it is true that many more people will<br />

demand the product. What is overlooked however, is that a lower price<br />

will typically cause a reduced supply. Hence a lower price may actually<br />

result in fewer people getting to buy the product. To understand this look<br />

at Figure 1 where D and S are, respectively, the demand curve and the<br />

45


supply curve. If price were not controlled, it would settle at p*, and x*<br />

units would be bought. Now suppose that the good, being an essential<br />

good, has a price p, fixed by the government. It is true that more people<br />

will now be able to afford the good and demand will now be greater, at x.<br />

However supply will drop to x. Hence the number of units of the goods<br />

sold will be x, which is less than x*. In Russia, for example, basic medicine<br />

is very cheap but it is frequently unavailable.<br />

It is worth observing that a price control regime as just described violates<br />

the principle of contract, since there will be individuals who would be<br />

willing to sell at a price above p and there will be individuals willing to<br />

buy at that higher price. But since such transactions are illegal, such transactions<br />

or contracts would be disallowed.<br />

Note now that the same p can be achieved without violating the<br />

contract principle if it is attained through a subsidy. If, for instance, a<br />

specific subsidy of a-b is given for each good sold, the effective supply<br />

curve would be S’ and equilibrium would occur at b. Hence price would<br />

be p and the number of units sold would be x’.<br />

For this reason the Dunkel draft proposal to prevent price fixing for<br />

certain goods including drugs does not mean consumers will have to pay a<br />

higher price. If the government appropriately subsidizes the consumers<br />

purchasing this good, the price to the consumer could continue to remain<br />

46


low. This is allowed under the Uruguay round GATT agreement. Hence,<br />

the popular view that the consumer price of these drugs will necessarily<br />

rise is erroneous. What is true is that once the GATT proposals are implemented,<br />

the government will have to choose between allowing the<br />

prices of some drugs to rise and spending additional money to keep prices<br />

low by subsidizing the consumers.<br />

To sum up the two methods of keeping consumer price down: if this<br />

is achieved through a subsidy, the government will have to spend ab,<br />

multiplied by pb, units of money on subsidy, thereby risking an enlarged<br />

fiscal deficit. The consumers will get to buy x’ units of the good. If, on<br />

the other hand, the price is fixed at p by decree, government expenditure<br />

does not rise (except for the costs of enforcing the decree), but sales will<br />

fall to only x units.<br />

6. Notes on <strong>Corruption</strong><br />

It has been argued above that in designing institutional reform we should<br />

treat the principle of contract as a starting point. Violations to the principle<br />

should be the exception. Nevertheless, there are domains where we may<br />

consciously want to disregard the principle of contract. There are essential<br />

goods for which we may want to hold prices down below the market<br />

level. This may be desirable for primary education, health services and<br />

basic foods. There are certain very long-term contracts that we may<br />

choose to disallow. Many such caveats were discussed in the previous two<br />

sections. Note however, that every violation of the principle of contract<br />

has the potential for corruption, because individuals may now want to<br />

collude to get around the law. A producer and a buyer may collude to<br />

violate a maximum price law, thereby giving rise to bounded labour. So<br />

our previous discussion takes us naturally to the subject of corruption.<br />

This section briefly delves into this topic and discusses methods for the<br />

control of corruption.<br />

It is however important to clear up some basic issues. First, there are<br />

some economists who have taken the view that once there is scope for<br />

corruption, corruption is not undesirable because it helps exchanges and<br />

transactions. This is, I believe, a deeply flawed view. <strong>Corruption</strong> not only<br />

cuts into the moral fabric of society, but it is usually very inequitable,<br />

giving an edge to the rich and the powerful. In addition, it often prevents<br />

entry into business by those who are not trained in the art of bribery and<br />

47


tax evasion, thereby limiting competition. So although it would be foolish<br />

to think that we can weed out corruption altogether (the costs of doing so<br />

are likely to be astronomical, even if it were feasible), in restructuring our<br />

economic institutions, it is important to try to curtail corruption as much<br />

as possible.<br />

Secondly, corruption is not always a black and white matter. There<br />

are large areas of grey. To take one example consider the problem of<br />

perquisites. In India very large inefficiencies occur through the act of<br />

giving civil sevants and managers in private firms large parts of their<br />

salaries in the form of perquisites.<br />

For many government personnel about 90 per cent of their salary<br />

comes in the form of perks. However, giving salary in this form leads to<br />

an over-consumption of housing and petrol, etc, and makes these commodities<br />

inelastic with respect to prices. Since these perks are valued by<br />

the government using book values, instead of their real (and much higher)<br />

market prices, there is a tendency to underestimate the waste that occurs<br />

through this.<br />

This system persists because it allows one to hide a larger part of our<br />

income from the attention of the public and the tax collector. In India,<br />

perks are, for all practical purposes, tax-exempt. This is not tax ‘evasion’<br />

because there is no violation of the law. But neither is this an example of<br />

the more benign tax ‘avoidance’. This is a case of the law-maker making a<br />

law which is convenient to himself and then taking advantage of the law. I<br />

have elsewhere (Basu, 1993) called this tax avoision. The costs of the<br />

avoision are higher than people realise. Hence it is arguable that all perks<br />

should be brought within the tax net, and that individuals should be given<br />

the option of taking cash instead of perks and then paying them sufficiently<br />

high salaries so that their welfare does not decline. The government will<br />

save a lot of money and markets will be responsive to supply conditions,<br />

which is the essence of an efficient economy. I have done some detailed<br />

calculations of the possible costs of tax avoision of this kind in Basu<br />

(1992) and, therefore, of the possible savings that can be effected through<br />

implementing the above changes.<br />

Let us now turn to more clear-cut cases of corruption. While corruption<br />

has many different effects on a nation’s polity and economy, what is<br />

of particular concern to me here is that it weakens the link between policy<br />

decisions and their implementation. It is being increasingly argued that the<br />

current reforms do not have a sufficient impact on the economy because<br />

decisions taken by the higher echelons of the bureaucracy are not percolat-<br />

48


ing down to the grass roots, where the action is. The tax laws may be<br />

changed, but bribery and evasion can dilute their effectiveness considerably.<br />

The theoretical implications of this observation can be quite intricate.<br />

They are the subject matter of Basu, Bhattacharya and Mishra (1992).<br />

Consider a society where bribery is rampant; so much so that no fine or<br />

tax is ever paid because the culprit invariably bribes the law-enforcer and<br />

gets away. In such a society the effect of a new law - for example, a fine<br />

for pollution or a new tax on capital gains - will be weak. What is however<br />

interesting to observe is that even though the effect of a new law is<br />

weakened by bribery, it will not be totally ineffective. This is because the<br />

law could affect the fall-back options or threat points of the various agents<br />

and hence influence the level of the bribe, which is typically the outcome<br />

of a bargaining process. Hence, taxes and fines can still be used to control<br />

corruption but only through the indirect route of them influencing the<br />

equilibrium bribe. Ideally, we should of course think of institutional reorganization<br />

so as to curb bribery in the first place.<br />

All this points to the need for organizational reform. Motivation for<br />

one major strand of organizational reform comes from the observation that<br />

the power to veto, either directly or through intrigue, is far too widely<br />

distributed in our system. Too many decision-makers can veto too many<br />

decisions.<br />

At first sight it may seem that this is an inevitable concomitant of a<br />

democracy. After all everybody having a say is what democracy in decision-making<br />

is all about. Fortunately, there is an oversimplification in<br />

this view. As I have argued elsewhere (Basu, 1993), an organization can<br />

be democratic in at least two different ways. I describe an organization as<br />

having ‘overlapping rights’ if everybody has a right to decide on every<br />

matter; and as having ‘partitioned rights’ if everyone has a domain over<br />

which he or she has full right to decide. These are of course extreme<br />

categories; and in reality all democratic organizations will lie within the<br />

spectrum of these two polar cases.<br />

While India is indeed a vibrant democracy, it is arguable that many<br />

Indian organizations are too close to the ‘overlapping rights’ end of the<br />

spectrum and this is what has impaired the economy’s flexibility and<br />

adaptability. Much of this problem in India has risen from the accumulated<br />

attempts to place checks and balances against corruption. What has been<br />

achieved by this is not any reduction in corruption but, instead, sluggishness<br />

and a lack of adaptability.<br />

49


It is important to appreciate that if we want the Indian economy to be<br />

more efficient and responsive then we shall need to restructure our organizations<br />

and bureaucracy. In particular, individuals need more room for<br />

decision-making without, at each stage, having to get clearance from<br />

others including their superiors. Of course their work can, and should, be<br />

evaluated at intervals and they can be suitably punished or rewarded. In<br />

other words, what is being urged is a push towards a partitioned democracy.<br />

It goes without saying that this will not be an easy task because in<br />

an overlapping democracy, not only is no one in a position to change rules<br />

but no one is in a position to change this!<br />

It was mentioned earlier that the government’s attempt to control<br />

corruption was partly responsible for the burgeoning bureaucracy and<br />

inflexibilities in the system. There is now much economics literature<br />

which investigates the problem of corruption and its control. 11 Indian corruption<br />

is different from the kind found in Japan and other industrialized<br />

nations. It is small-scale and pervasive, rather than large and isolated,<br />

though the internationalized Bofors scandal and the recent stock market<br />

scam may be harbingers of a structural change in the nature of corruption<br />

in India. Thus, while the leading politicians and bureaucrats continue to<br />

have, by and large, an unblemished record, they tend to be surrounded by<br />

corruption. There are strong indications that some fairly close friends and<br />

associates of the erstwhile prime minister Rajiv Gandhi were involved in<br />

the Bofors scandal. Similarly, when ex-prime minister Morarji Desai (who<br />

was a man of great personal integrity) was described as ‘a person who is<br />

above corruption’, many cynical observers felt that this was an apt description<br />

of the fact that Morarji used to live one floor above his son’s<br />

apartment.<br />

However, corruption needs to be tackled on several different fronts. I<br />

shall focus here on the need to change what I shall call the ‘points of<br />

monitoring’ for corruption and illegality. Most illegal acts and exchanges<br />

can be monitored from several places. Between two points of monitoring,<br />

which are equally suitable for controlling an illegal act, one may however<br />

have the side-effect of generating a larger bureaucracy and meddlesomeness<br />

with general economic functioning. Unfortunately in India we have<br />

chosen points of monitoring for corruption without any heed to this sideeffect.<br />

This is one of the reasons for the economy’s sluggishness.<br />

As an example, consider the issue of rupee convertibility. There can<br />

be several genuine reasons for being hesitant in making the rupee convertible;<br />

but one reason which is frequently cited is that, since in India there<br />

50


are restrictions on what can be bought with our hard currency (we cannot<br />

for example freely import cars), we cannot allow people to convert their<br />

rupees into dollars. This misses the point that the illegal import of certain<br />

goods can be monitored from several points and it is not necessary to do<br />

this at the point of exchange of currency. Virtually all countries in the<br />

world have some restrictions on what people can bring into the country,<br />

but they do not monitor this from the bureaus of exchange. In the UK, if<br />

you change pounds into dollars, no attempt is made at that point to ensure<br />

that you are not planning to import drugs from the US. If however you are<br />

caught with drugs at the customs, you will be severely punished. Indeed<br />

this is probably the right place to monitor illegal imports, because to introduce<br />

bureaucratic procedures at the point of exchange of currency would<br />

slow down and disrupt legitimate transactions and therefore be harmful for<br />

the economy.<br />

In India, this negative fall out of ill-chosen points of control is not<br />

appreciated at all. Should black money be monitored at the point of large<br />

purchases such as houses and cars? Will it slow down legitimate transactions<br />

and therefore be very costly for society? We must remember that<br />

India’s industrial licensing system was born out of the entirely well-meaning<br />

objective of controlling irregularities. The government was so singleminded<br />

in weeding out such industrial irregularities that it was unmindful<br />

of the fact that it was achieving this objective by destroying large amounts<br />

of legitimate industrial activity.<br />

At this stage I do not know what the best points of monitoring are,<br />

but I know that this is one area which deserves attention, because the cost<br />

difference between being right and wrong here is much larger than most<br />

people realize.<br />

The subject of law and economic development deserves much greater<br />

attention from researchers than it has received so far. The traditional attitude<br />

has been that of treating the legal structure as redundant in discussions<br />

of development. In researching development we have focused on<br />

savings, investments, stabilization and trade. The legal structure of a<br />

nation has either been thought of as unimportant or taken for granted. But<br />

recent experience in Eastern Europe and advances in the discipline of law<br />

and economics have alerted us to the need for much more direct investigation<br />

into the institutional and legal structures of developing economies.<br />

Even though we may not be able to legislate economic development,<br />

nations can have sufficiently retrogade legislative structures to be effectively<br />

legislating economic backwardness.<br />

51


Notes<br />

1. Acknowledgements: I am grateful for comments and suggestions to Rimjhim<br />

Mehra, V.N. Pandit, J. Mohan Rao, Jaivir Singh and the participants of a<br />

seminar at the Center for Development Studies, Trivandrum. This paper<br />

draws extensively on my earlier writings, especially Basu (1993) and (1996).<br />

2. I call it the ‘basic principle’ in Basu (1992).<br />

3. Complicated legislation is by no means exclusive to India. Here is what<br />

Mario Vargas Llosa has to say in his foreward to De Soto’s (1989) book: ‘It<br />

is said that the number of laws and executive orders [...] in Peru exceed half<br />

a million [...]. We live in a labyrinth in which even a Daedalus would get<br />

lost’ (p. xviii).<br />

4. For a critique of the proliferation of irrational legislation in the U.S., see<br />

Howard (1995).<br />

5. This act defines contracts, promises and other instruments of agreement<br />

between consenting adults or, as Chapter 2 of the Act makes more elaborate,<br />

between individuals of a certain age and ‘of sound mind’. This act is of<br />

special interest to economists because it tries to give operational definition to<br />

important concepts including coercion, promise and even ‘sound mind’!<br />

6. Basu (1989) shows how certain tenurial laws can contribute to technological<br />

stagnation.<br />

7. One major consequence of this has been to contribute to poor performance<br />

of companies by creating hurdles to the closure of firms (Anant et al.,<br />

1993).<br />

8. For a full-blown analysis the reader is referred to Basu (1995). For a discussion<br />

of the Indian law in the context of contracts in the labour market, see<br />

Chander (1993). I must emphasize here that it is not being claimed that<br />

labourers invariably benefit from the principle of contract. What I wish to<br />

demonstrate is that the converse claim, that workers invariably lose out if<br />

the law gives them the freedom to enter into contracts, is false.<br />

9. This is consistent with the Nash bargaining model. If, to capture the greater<br />

bargaining power of the employer, we assume that the employer gets a<br />

fraction, d, of the benefit and the worker the rest and d > 1/2, we could do<br />

so without affecting my claim. The assumption d = 1/2 is purely for simplicity.<br />

10. In Basu (1984) I formalize in a social-choice-theoretical framework the<br />

concept of the right to give up rights.<br />

11. For a survey, see Mishra (1993).<br />

52


3. Personnel transfer in Indian state bureaucracy:<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> and Anti-corruption<br />

Frank de Zwart<br />

This article discusses corruption, and anti-corruption policy, in Indian<br />

state bureaucracies. It aims to explain a curious aspect of India’s anticorruption<br />

policy from the viewpoint of corruption I found common among<br />

my informants. 1 One important means by which government in India<br />

claims to combat corruption is the policy of frequently transferring<br />

government staff. What is striking about this policy is that it has two<br />

seemingly irreconcilable aspects: on the one hand regular transfers are<br />

widely considered to be absolutely necessary to prevent corruption and, on<br />

the other hand, it is common knowledge that the same transfers are an<br />

important source of corruption. Most present-day studies on India’s transfer<br />

policy concentrate on the second aspect and attempt to explain how,<br />

and why, transfers lead to rampant corruption. The other argument, the<br />

prevention of corruption that frequent transfer supposedly promotes is<br />

often ignored, taken to be a complete farce, or a cynical legitimation of<br />

large scale abuse. As we shall see, there is indeed good reason to endorse<br />

the latter view. However, even though most of my informants in Gujarat,<br />

where the research for this article was conducted, say that transfers cause<br />

corruption, still give credit to the original idea that transfers prevent<br />

corruption. The pages that follow attempt to explain why that is so.<br />

1. Bureaucracy and the people: social distance and<br />

prevention of corruption<br />

From the times of Akbar until the present day, most rulers and governments<br />

in South Asia have attempted to control officials by manipulating<br />

the social distance between these officials and the people they governed.<br />

Part of the institutional support for maintaining central power has always<br />

been a ruler’s, or a government’s, ability to stop subordinates building up<br />

power bases or, as the metaphor goes, from ‘developing roots’ in the area<br />

in which they work. 2<br />

53


To this end rulers and governments have used various policy instruments.<br />

For instance the preference for appointing foreigners (Afghans,<br />

Persians, and Turks) as officials in the Moghul empire. 3 As outsiders to<br />

the area where they work, foreign officials cannot easily develop social<br />

ties and therefore they are relatively slow in creating a following, or building<br />

coalitions, that might threaten central power. Foreigners are, as it were,<br />

socially handicapped. Another policy instrument, serving the same end, is<br />

what in the Chinese empire was called the ‘law of avoidance’: Government<br />

officers are not posted to their native area (see e.g. Fletcher, 1978,<br />

p.8). The law of avoidance is still common practice in Indian state bureaucracies<br />

today. A third policy instrument used to avoid officials developing<br />

‘roots’ is the frequent transfer of government staff. This policy too has a<br />

long history. Regular compulsory transfers of officials were strictly enforced<br />

by the Moghul emperors who transferred their mansabdars every<br />

two or three years.<br />

The British government in India continued and expanded this practice:<br />

officers in the Indian Civil Service (ICS) were transferred even more<br />

rapidly than their predecessors in the Moghul empire (see for instance<br />

Potter, 1986, p.26; Spangenberg, 1976, pp.73-4,p.78). And, as with the law<br />

of avoidance, frequent compulsory transfers of civil servants are still common<br />

practice in India.<br />

Depending on personal, regional, departmental, and rank differences,<br />

Indian civil servants are transferred at intervals between approximately six<br />

months and four years (De Zwart, 1994, pp.52-6). One of the most important<br />

reasons presently given by the government for pursuing this policy is<br />

prevention of corruption. This might seem a less political, more administrative,<br />

motive for compulsory regular transfers than the motive that is<br />

usually subscribed to imperial powerholders: curbing the independent<br />

power opportunities of officials by keeping them from developing ‘roots’.<br />

However, prevention of corruption can also be seen as a modern version<br />

of that same motive. After all, a corrupt official is exercising power independently<br />

(at least in the formal sense) of the political and bureaucratic<br />

hierarchy. An important difference with imperial times is, of course, that<br />

nowadays the prevention of corruption is supposed to serve a much more<br />

common interest than it ever did under imperial powerholders.<br />

Curbing the independent power of officials, most people today would<br />

agree, is necessary for good governance (I shall return to this point later).<br />

Exercising control over officials by creating social distance between them<br />

and the rest of society, an effect of regular compulsory transfers, is, how-<br />

54


ever, less acceptable. At present the social distance between government<br />

officers and the people is seen not as a solution but rather as one of the<br />

main problems of modern development administration. 4 It is often stressed<br />

in contemporary studies on public administration and management that<br />

promoting development and development administration implies that government<br />

has to be close to the people (see for instance Bryant and White,<br />

1982, pp.159-60; Staudt, 1991, p.174). According to this popular view,<br />

what is needed is decentralization and people’s participation in decisions<br />

concerning their lives and environment. Government, with its bureaucratic<br />

ways, seems unable to meet this need.<br />

Robert Chambers’ criticism of what he calls ‘development tourism’<br />

presents this view convincingly: according to Chambers, development<br />

policies and practices are usually made and conducted by outsiders to the<br />

area, culture, and problems they pertain to. The scholars (both native and<br />

foreign) and government officers who write about and work for the poor,<br />

do so from a comfortable social and physical distance. As outsiders they<br />

engage in hit-and-run visits to rural areas about which, moreover, they<br />

usually hold strong biases. 5 In short they behave like tourists and their<br />

‘development tourism’ hampers government performance in developmentrelated<br />

activities (Chambers, 1992).<br />

At first glance the popular idea that government administration is too<br />

remote from the people and that the gap between bureaucracy and the<br />

people has to be bridged, seems to be widely shared in present-day India.<br />

Bureaucracy, with its notoriously slow centralized structure, its top-down<br />

decision procedures, emphasis on due procedure, red tape, and career,<br />

rather than result-minded staff, is often seen as a major cause of the gap.<br />

As in most countries today, it is quite common for politicians and bureaucrats<br />

in India to emphasize the need to bring government closer to the<br />

people by means of reorganization, cutting red tape, and changing the<br />

emphasis on procedure into one on service and client-needs.<br />

At closer scrutiny, however, one finds that many people who endorse<br />

the ‘get government closer to the people’ ideal, also consider the creation<br />

and maintenance of distance between civil servants and their clients a<br />

great benefit. Politicians and bureaucrats in India commonly believe that<br />

without a policy to promote social distance, i.e. to isolate civil servants<br />

from their social surroundings, neutral government administration would<br />

be almost impossible. Or, to put it more bluntly and more in line with the<br />

term informants use: without such a policy corruption would become<br />

rampant. Therefore, as I was told by many informants, the government<br />

55


conducts a policy of frequent compulsory transfers of civil servants. Frequent<br />

transfers create social distance and social distance helps prevent<br />

corruption. The causal relation between social distance and corruption that<br />

underlies the transfer policy is self evident to almost all of my informants.<br />

For them it requires no explanation at all because it is congruent with<br />

commonly shared ideas about the causes and nature of corruption.<br />

2. <strong>Corruption</strong> and Prevention of <strong>Corruption</strong>: an Emic View<br />

One can view and describe a society, or a culture, or any social field from<br />

an emic or an etic point of view. The emic point of view is that of the<br />

participants; the etic point of view is that of the observers. 6 In the [emic]<br />

approach, as Harris puts it, ‘the observers employ concepts and distinctions<br />

that are meaningful and appropriate to the participants; in the [etic]<br />

approach they employ concepts and distinctions that are meaningful and<br />

appropriate to the observers’ (Harris, 1988, p.131). The emic point of view<br />

is the definition of the situation on which people act. Without looking at<br />

phenomena from the point of view of the participants it is very difficult to<br />

explain the latter’s behaviour. If we try, as in our case, to explain why<br />

people support frequent transfers as an anti-corruption policy in spite of<br />

the fact that it is well known that transfers also cause corruption, it is<br />

necessary to inquire into the emic view of corruption.<br />

The tales people tell about corruption and the extent to which ‘society<br />

has become corrupt’, are a good starting point. Such tales, and the<br />

ideas and opinions based upon them, are what Myrdal calls a ‘folklore of<br />

corruption’. India has a lively folklore of corruption. Myrdal wrote about<br />

it two decades ago and most of what he said is still true today. Tales from<br />

India’s folklore tell that politics and administration are increasingly corrupt,<br />

which, according to Myrdal, might be a self-fulfilling prophecy because<br />

these tales, true or false, ‘spread cynicism and ... lower resistance to<br />

giving and taking bribes’ (Myrdal, 1970, pp.236-5).<br />

However, the folklore of corruption holds more than just ideas and<br />

opinions about the extent to which corruption has spread. It also includes<br />

ideas about the nature and causes of corruption. Some authors argue that<br />

subjective definitions of corruption, as in the folklore about nature and<br />

causes of corruption (Heidenheimer, 1970, p.8-9 for a discussion), can<br />

help explain the differences in the extent to which corruption is common<br />

in different countries. The argument in such explanations goes as follows:<br />

56


Besides differences in the salaries of officials and in the capabilities of<br />

governments to control and punish officials, the question as to whether or<br />

not official norms and legal definitions of corruption, which are quite<br />

similar all over the world, are widely shared and considered legitimate in a<br />

specific society, is an important variable when explaining differences in<br />

the occurrence of corruption between societies (see Wertheim, 1970 for a<br />

classic example of this line of reasoning).<br />

Another implication of subjective definitions of corruption, however,<br />

has received much less attention in the literature. Subjective definitions of<br />

corruption not only help explain its occurrence and spread, they also support<br />

and promote particular government policies and anti-corruption strategies.<br />

In India people strongly believe that the longer civil servants work<br />

in the same place, the more corrupt they become. This belief forms, as it<br />

were, the mental frame that supports the policy of frequent personnel<br />

transfers. Therefore this belief has important consequences for the structure<br />

and functioning of Indian government. But before discussing these<br />

consequences let us look at the belief itself.<br />

People say that civil servants, after having worked for some time in a<br />

certain place, become increasingly accessible to people and get to know<br />

more and more people. Even if they intend no harm, civil servants will<br />

face a problem because people will try to cultivate personal relationships<br />

with them and the general idea is that personal relationships easily corrupt.<br />

In line with this reasoning, it is common in India to speak about corruption<br />

in the passive voice: ‘civil servants are corrupted’. <strong>Corruption</strong> is seen<br />

as an almost inevitable by-product of relationships that develop over time.<br />

In other words, it is assumed that in many situations civil servants do not<br />

have much choice but to grant favours to people they know.<br />

It is indeed particularly difficult for civil servants to avoid, in an<br />

acceptable way, the attempts of people in their vicinity (clients and colleagues)<br />

to bind them in personal and obliging relationships. Many of<br />

them are not completely in control of their patronage. Just like politicians,<br />

civil servants are surrounded, often quite literally, by crowds of patiently<br />

waiting people who hope to get special favours and, in so doing, make use<br />

of personal relationships.<br />

For instance in the district where they work, civil servants often have<br />

a network of relationships, consisting of people whom they have helped as<br />

clients. They shop with shopkeepers to whom they previously granted a<br />

loan; they have their meals prepared by a family, one of whose members<br />

57


they have helped; and they often sleep, eat, or drink in the company of<br />

former clients.<br />

Restitution of this form may be the reason why a civil servant<br />

chooses to act as a patron for certain people. But that is far from always<br />

the case. The civil servant who has simply done his job is seen by the<br />

villagers as a patron, and consequently obliged to avail himself of their<br />

services in return. 7 There thus arises a reciprocal relationship that others,<br />

acquaintances and relatives of the original client, then resort to in order to<br />

get something done. Gujaratis call such relationships lagvag or influence.<br />

Clients of the civil service consider having lagvag very important. Lagvag<br />

gives status, the creation of which is a worthwhile activity since it seems<br />

that civil servants are often prepared, or rather feel obliged, to help even<br />

vague friends of friends.<br />

In itself, there is nothing peculiar about this. People in India always<br />

pursue their interests in this way. In virtually all cases, people try, in the<br />

first place, to realise their needs by means of a personal relationship. One<br />

does not simply go to any shop in the bazaar, but to the shopkeeper who<br />

has been recommended by an acquaintance, one who preferably writes a<br />

chit, but whose name in any case must be mentioned. In the shop, one<br />

appeals to the relationship in the expectation of getting better treatment.<br />

One does not simply go to a hospital, but to a hospital where an acquaintance<br />

works.<br />

This way of acting is not restricted to any one social or economic<br />

class. It is not just those who are too poor to gain access in other ways<br />

who resort to personal relationships. The rich follow the same course of<br />

action. This course of action is not always the only way, or even the<br />

easiest way, to gain such access. In a sense one is socially compelled to<br />

make use of personal contacts. Not many people who have a friend, or a<br />

friend of a friend, working at the railway station would buy train tickets at<br />

the booking-office, even if it would be quicker and easier than go through<br />

the obligatory rituals (drinking tea) and indebtedness that the help of a<br />

friend inevitably entails. It would be improper to pass him by; he would<br />

feel offended if he came across his friend at the booking-office. And for<br />

the friend (or friend of a friend) it would be improper not to help with a<br />

ticket, even if it cost him time and led to complaints from his boss. Often<br />

both parties feel uncomfortable, but the situation is somehow inescapable.<br />

The emic view of corruption rests on assumptions, based of course on<br />

experience, about the compelling nature of social relationships, the idea<br />

that corruption increases with the time a civil servant spends working in<br />

58


the same place, makes perfect sense. After all, the longer a civil servant<br />

serves in one place the more he gets involved in social relationships with<br />

clients and colleagues. And, as I argued, irrespective of the intentions or<br />

good will of civil servants, people will use these relationships to try and<br />

get special favours. For many government servants such people can be<br />

hard to refuse and thus they can indeed corrupt the civil service.<br />

Given this idea about the nature and causes of corruption, it is not<br />

surprising that so many people believe in the supposedly preventive quality<br />

of regular transfers. Building up personal, diffuse relationships takes<br />

time and this is where regular transfers can intervene. If care is taken that<br />

civil servants are frequently placed outside the boundary of their personal<br />

network, then those among them with corrupt intentions are permanently<br />

handicapped, both because they have less time to build extensive networks<br />

of contacts and because the time that they do have must be devoted to<br />

establishing new networks to replace the old ones. Also, equally importantly,<br />

clients of bureaucracy too are discouraged from investing in relationships<br />

with bureaucrats. The latter are rather elusive from the point of<br />

view of the inhabitants of the place where they work. Relationships in<br />

which long-term reciprocity plays a role can only be developed on a<br />

limited scale.<br />

There are few written statements about this function of transfers. An<br />

interesting exception, however, is a verbatim report of an argument made<br />

at a conference titled ‘Morale in the Public Services’, held in 1959 at the<br />

Indian Institute of Public Administration in New Delhi. Participants were<br />

high ranking civil servants, public administration specialists and national<br />

politicians such as Sri B.G. Pant, then Minister of the Interior. Although<br />

over 30 years old this argument is still exemplary of a very common way<br />

of thinking about corruption in bureaucracy. One of the speakers stated the<br />

following:<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> ... is particularly dangerous at the upper levels and ... is<br />

responsible for the lowering of the morale of ... civil servants .... While<br />

we have various safeguards, such as the public service commissions,<br />

both at the centre and at the states, something more is necessary to<br />

institutionalise the arrangements by which no civil servant of any category<br />

will be placed in a position of authority for more than three to<br />

five years in the same place, in the same set up. This will prevent him<br />

from throwing his weight about or misusing his authority. It will also<br />

prevent, which, I think, is most important, an atmosphere being built<br />

up by which people might think that X, whom he knows or who likes<br />

59


him or his work, is in a particular position and he can help if there is<br />

any need. The change will also help in preventing what I may call the<br />

hardening of bureaucratic arteries which results from doing the same<br />

kind of job year after year. This institutional framework is necessary<br />

whether we are dealing with a central ministry or state ministry or with<br />

a particular executive in an area. As deputy commissioner or collector<br />

of district one stays for three years or so. He may not be corrupt but<br />

his colleagues in whom he has confidence, who may be working very<br />

well so far as he is concerned, and have established their connections<br />

on the basis of good work, some of them may be corrupt and once<br />

they are sure of the confidence of the boss, they continue to be corrupt,<br />

the rot starts. This can only be arrested by periodic changes.<br />

This statement might seem a bit far fetched but is in fact an accurate description<br />

of relationships in the offices of state bureaucracy. The text contains<br />

two basic assumptions underlying the emic view of corruption in<br />

Indian society: First, in government offices where personnel have regular<br />

interactions over some period of time, feelings of mutual obligation will<br />

develop and these feelings will undermine authority and with it the ability<br />

of superiors to act against subordinates who are out of line. Second, similarly<br />

obliging relationships will develop between bureaucrats and their<br />

clients who tend to think that relationships, once established, can be relied<br />

upon to extract favours from bureaucrats. To ‘help if there any need’, as<br />

the above quoted speaker put it. In a conversation I had with Dr. Devadas<br />

Pillai about office management and the use of personnel transfers in India<br />

and Europe, he summarized it nicely when he said that in his view the<br />

crucial difference was that ‘in Europe you are desperately trying to create<br />

informality all the time, we Indians are always fighting informality’.<br />

3. The Political Economy of Personnel Transfers<br />

A striking aspect of the transfer system is that its reputation as a means of<br />

preventing corruption does not seem to suffer from the well known fact<br />

that it is also a cause of corruption. Bureaucrats and politicians who would<br />

attribute to transfers the quality of preventing corruption, might also tell<br />

you a few minutes later, or in a slightly different context, that political and<br />

financial manipulations result in transfers being a major source of corruption.<br />

60


The view that transfers cause corruption is in line with most academic<br />

studies on the transfer system. Let me summarize some of the main<br />

conclusions from the research of several authors. The transfer of civil<br />

service personnel in India occurs within state boundaries. Senior civil<br />

servants tend to be transferred more often than junior ones but all of them<br />

are transferred at least every few years. Most states have regulations stipulating<br />

the desired frequencies. In Gujarat, for instance, the official rule is<br />

that government officers are not transferred before having served in one<br />

place for three years; and they do not remain in the same post for more<br />

than five years. However, in Gujarat, as in most states, the government is<br />

unable to enforce this rule. Potter (1986) compared the frequencies of<br />

transfers in five states and concluded that ‘mobility patterns in state<br />

government departments ... have been at variance from what state government<br />

regulations say they ought to have been. More particularly, mobility<br />

has been far more rapid than state governments have defined officially as<br />

desirable’ (ibid., p.916).<br />

This excessive rapidity is partly a consequence of large scale abuse of<br />

personnel transfers by politicians and top bureaucrats. These powerholders<br />

use their power of decision over the transfers of subordinates to build and<br />

maintain a clientele or simply to make money (De Zwart, 1994). Transfers,<br />

as Robert Wade (ibid.) has clearly shown, are used by bureaucrats to<br />

get themselves appointed to profitable posts, ‘earning centres’ as the<br />

Gujaratis say (De Zwart, 1990). In their turn, politicians and some top<br />

bureaucrats, who have the power to determine the transfers of others, can<br />

use this power to force bureaucrats into sharing illegal profits. In short the<br />

system works as follows: a civil servant pays a bribe for a good post. He<br />

then recoups his ‘investment’ with a ‘profit’ before being transferred<br />

again, i.e. before someone else gets a chance in this post and he himself<br />

invests in a new post.<br />

In some states and departments, as Robert Wade shows (1982), almost<br />

all positions are involved in this trade. Posts have more or less fixed<br />

prices, relative to the expected gains (see also Metha, 1990). In other<br />

places proceedings are not so systematic, i.e. prices are not really fixed<br />

and not all posts are involved in the ‘transfer trade’, to use Robert<br />

Chambers’ accurate term. But, in any case, the basic principle is that civil<br />

servants recoup the bribe they paid for their post by having their clients<br />

pay for services that ought to be free or ought not to be given at all. In<br />

this way, money is sluiced upwards. Or, as Wade writes, ‘transfer is the<br />

61


politician’s ... lever of surplus extraction from the clients of the bureaucracy’<br />

(Wade, 1982, p.319).<br />

Adding to Wade’s analyses, I have tried elsewhere to show that the<br />

‘transfer-corruption syndrome’ is well known in Indian society and that<br />

there have always been powerful politicians (for instance Indira and Rajiv<br />

Gandhi) who have tried to put an end to it. Their attempts, however, failed<br />

because a politician, even a Prime Minister, who touches the transfer trade<br />

in the states, touches the power base of their own party. A say over the<br />

transfer of bureaucrats is an important political resource for state parliamentarians,<br />

Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs). Therefore<br />

the granting and withholding of ‘transfer quotas’ by Chief Ministers (who<br />

have the legal decision-power) to parliamentarians, is a political resource<br />

for Chief Ministers. They use this resource to build and maintain factional<br />

support. Without a majority faction of parliamentarians, from his own<br />

party, supporting him, a Chief Minister cannot stay in power for very long<br />

(De Zwart, 1994, pp.83-90). MLAs exchange loyalty to the Chief Minister<br />

for a certain ‘quota’ of transfers in the bureaucracy which they use to<br />

maintain their constituency (ibid., pp.78-83). Thus, in addition to the financial<br />

exchanges between clients, bureaucrats, and politicians, there is the<br />

exchange between politicians: a political transfer trade.<br />

4. Parochial and Market <strong>Corruption</strong><br />

Existence of the transfer trade is no secret. Both the English press and the<br />

more widely read newspapers and weeklies in local languages regularly<br />

publish articles on the abuse of transfers. Nevertheless arguments in favour<br />

of getting rid of, or even just radically diminishing the frequency of transfers,<br />

are not very popular. It seems that neither the social distance between<br />

bureaucracy and the people that is caused by frequent transfers, nor the<br />

corruption and political manipulation that accompany the transfer policy<br />

can destroy the legitimacy of this policy. It is still commonly seen as a<br />

necessary measure to prevent corruption.<br />

This apparent contradiction can be understood if we complete our<br />

discussion on the emic theory of corruption. Ideas about the corrupting<br />

quality of personal relationships, that we discussed above, are just one side<br />

of the coin. The other side is that people also acknowledge a totally different,<br />

more impersonal form of corruption. This type of corruption has to do<br />

with financial manipulation; with bribing, being bribed and getting rich. A<br />

62


very similar distinction has been made on a more theoretical level by Scott<br />

(1972). According to Scott there are two types of corruption: parochial and<br />

market. Of parochial corruption, he writes, ‘ties of kinship, affection, case,<br />

and so forth determine access to the favours of power holders’ (Scott,<br />

1972, p.88). Market corruption, on the other hand, ‘provides access to<br />

those who can pay for it’ (ibid.). Scott’s distinction is similar to the distinction<br />

most people in India normally make. Although people do not use<br />

a separate term for it, the kind of corruption that they know is promoted<br />

by the present transfer system, is, in fact, market corruption; the temporary<br />

postings that are bought by civil servants who then recoup their investment<br />

by means of charging clients of the bureaucracy. But when people<br />

state the ability of transfers to prevent corruption, they refer to parochial<br />

corruption.<br />

Favouritism and preferential treatment on the basis of personal relationships,<br />

which is what parochial corruption in the eyes of most informants<br />

boils down to, is seen by most as a very serious threat. Research on<br />

the transfer system has somewhat one-sidedly concentrated on the market<br />

corruption that is not prevented, but on the contrary promoted, by regular<br />

transfers. Transfers are an opportunity for people with corrupt intentions,<br />

and in addition they promote market corruption precisely because they are<br />

effective in diminishing parochial corruption. When, as a result of frequent<br />

transfers, civil servants become less accessible through personal relationships,<br />

money inevitably becomes a relatively more important way of gaining<br />

access.<br />

The emic theory of corruption, however, also consides parochial<br />

corruption. Regular transfers do prevent personal loyalties and obligations<br />

interfering with the work of civil servants. The importance that people<br />

attach to this effect makes them support the system in spite of the large<br />

scale abuse to which it lends itself. In a heavily divided society such as<br />

India, where personal, ethnic, caste, or regional loyalties have always been<br />

important determinants of access to scarce resources, such a pattern should<br />

perhaps not surprise us.<br />

63


Notes<br />

1. The material presented here is part of a larger research project on political<br />

and administrative causes and consequences of geographical mobility in an<br />

Indian state bureaucracy (see De Zwart, 1990; 1994). Most of the data were<br />

collected during field research in Gujarat, 1989-91.<br />

2. See Spangenberg (1976) on the decline or absence of British administrative<br />

control over local affairs as a consequence of social and cultural distance<br />

(and the resulting lack of local knowledge) between civil servants and the<br />

people.<br />

3. See, on this subject, Lewis Coser on ‘greedy institutions’, i.e. institutions<br />

that are so organized that it is hard for their members to maintain ties with<br />

other persons or institutions in order to prevent them accumulating claims on<br />

their person other than those originating from the greedy institution itself<br />

(Coser, 1974, p.6, see ibid., pp.221-47 for government by foreigners).<br />

4. See for instance Robert Chambers (1983) on development policy and the<br />

outsider. See also David C. Korten and Felipe B. Alfonso (1981) on the<br />

need for, and obstacles to, popular participation in development programmes.<br />

J. Clark (1991) discussed the reasons for the increasing importance and<br />

legitimacy of so-called non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in development<br />

activities. NGOs are supposed to be able to bridge the gap between<br />

state and society far more easily than government bureaucracy.<br />

5. Chambers makes a positive exception for young anthropologists who engage<br />

in long term fieldwork. But there are not so many of them, and once they<br />

get older (and caught up in teaching and other aspects of academic life) they<br />

too become outsiders to the things they write about.<br />

6. The concepts emic and etic are derived from the words phonemics and phonetics<br />

in linguistic theory.<br />

7. Compare Marcel Mauss’ The Gift, where the author refers to the ‘obligation<br />

to receive’ as part of reciprocity (Mauss, 1990, p.13).<br />

64


4. <strong>Corruption</strong> and <strong>Legitimacy</strong> in Indonesia:<br />

an Exploration<br />

Nico G. Schulte Nordholt<br />

1. The Colonial Period<br />

In his historical-sociological analysis of corruption in Southeast Asia<br />

Wertheim 1 points out that during the nineteenth century, when the colonial<br />

state was shaped by the West, the concept of what we now call corruption<br />

already existed within the indigenous society. Within the patrimonial bureaucracy<br />

of the Javanese kingdoms limits were put on what rulers and<br />

their officials could permit themselves, without losing legitimacy from<br />

their own population. Too high taxes would result in a revolt (1964,<br />

p.109-110). The many administrative measures, taken by the ruler at the<br />

centre of power, to control his vassals’ use of the mandated power, can be<br />

regarded - in accordance with the principal-agent model - as transactioncosts.<br />

These measures were aimed at avoiding the danger of losing authority<br />

over the population to his subordinates rather than aimed at the direct<br />

fate of the population. Almost all measures implied the obtainment of information,<br />

including espionage, unannounced inspections, and fast transfers.<br />

In addition, a payment of products was obligatory (upeti), serving<br />

both as a direct source of revenue for the ruler (principal), and as a token<br />

of obedience by the subordinates (agents) expressing the acceptance of the<br />

legitimate authority of the ruler by the population. A kingdom would<br />

disintegrate if the ruler, or principal, was no longer able to keep an eye on<br />

his vassals, agents, on the periphery and keep them under control.<br />

Wertheim states that, as early as at the end of the eighteenth century,<br />

within the United East Indian Company (VOC), a trading company with<br />

patrimonial-bureaucratic characteristics, individuals such as Dirk van<br />

Hogendorp were already complaining about the enormous extent of corruption<br />

(1964, p.112). Eventually, at the turn of that century, the Company<br />

did fail due to corruption. The Dutch state took over the bankrupt assets<br />

and Daendels was the first governor to introduce new Napoleonic values<br />

concerning ‘clean administration’. Various measures were taken in<br />

accordance with the administration changes in Europe at that time. These<br />

measures meant that civil servants from the trading company were more<br />

65


and more enlisted to fulfil administrative tasks within the new government.<br />

Analogous to arrondissements, residencies, i.e. territorial administrative<br />

unit regions, were established in Java with an administrator, the resident<br />

(the new agent), as the responsible official. This administrator received a<br />

fixed salary and was not allowed to keep a percentage of the revenues<br />

from his residency. These revenues had to be paid in full to Batavia, the<br />

administrative centre (the new principal).<br />

The entire nineteenth century of the Dutch Indies can be described<br />

from the perspective of the process of (colonial) state-building in which<br />

one of the largest problems was the conflicting values and norms in administration.<br />

Amongst others, the world-famous novel ‘Max Havelaar’ was<br />

written by Multatuli (Eduard Douwes Dekker) as a result of this situation. 2<br />

Only in the 1930s did the Dutch finally succeed in creating an international<br />

reputation for integrity. A critical British researcher, Furnivall,<br />

even mentions: ‘...in Java, corruption was practically unknown’. 3 Apart<br />

from the question as to whether Furnivall’s observation is entirely correct,<br />

it can be stated that the ‘norm of clean administration’ was generally<br />

accepted within the Dutch colonial administration and one largely complied<br />

with this norm. Hence, this norm was also known by the native civil<br />

servants at that time. These civil servants were enrolled into the colonial<br />

government under the auspices of the Dutch rulers. The norm was partly<br />

institutionalized by individuals such as Douwes Dekker, who officiated by<br />

example, and by the influence of his novel on the following generations of<br />

colonial civil servants. However, more importantly, as we will prove<br />

below, the norm of ‘clean administration’ was the result of organizational<br />

and institutional changes related to technological developments which<br />

facilitated the improvement of communication and control. Because of this<br />

situation, the horizontal institutional discrepancy could be reduced, and<br />

corruption could be driven back.<br />

The relationship between corruption, legitimacy and development<br />

during the colonial period can be translated in terms of transaction-costs as<br />

follows. 4 The administrative reforms, introduced by the Dutch state after<br />

the bankruptcy of the United East Indian Company, immediately led to<br />

increased interference by the government in the daily affairs of the local<br />

population. Due to economic reasons, and in order to legitimize themselves<br />

as colonial rulers, the Dutch gradually incorporated the local nobility<br />

into the colonial administration. This process developed in parallel<br />

with the expansion of the European sector of the colonial administration,<br />

generally abbreviated to B.B. (Binnenlands Bestuur, or Home Affairs).<br />

66


During the entire nineteenth century, and in fact until 1950, a horizontal<br />

broadening of government services took place. This was a result of the<br />

increasing administrative tasks, as a consequence of the policy ‘to uplift’<br />

or develop the indigenous population: the political legitimacy for the colony,<br />

following the introduction of the Ethical Policy in 1902 or, in terms<br />

of Van Doorn, as a result of the ‘colonial development project’ (1994). At<br />

the same time, a further deepening of governmental interventions took<br />

place at the local level. In the long run this involvement was so<br />

far-reaching that Furnivall commented in the thirties ‘...even to breathe the<br />

villager needs a permit’. Talk about transaction-costs!<br />

Until 1945 the indigenous rulers were known as Pangreh Pradja, P.P.,<br />

which means ‘Ruler of the Kingdom’. Paradoxically, the patrimonial features<br />

of the Pangreh Pradja, including corruption, were to a large extent<br />

tolerated by the B.B., the Dutch rulers. As stated, the colonial authority<br />

was largely based on the notion of the authority of the indigenous rulers<br />

over the population. But in addition, by behaving tolerantly towards the<br />

P.P., the Dutch rulers were able to portrait themselves as morally superior:<br />

by operating ‘cleanly’ themselves the Dutch claimed legitimacy for their<br />

own position. Furthermore, this behaviour showed that, for the time being,<br />

the ‘older brother’, the B.B, had an educational task towards the P.P., their<br />

‘younger brother’. In this way, the colonial state shifted the claim of legitimacy<br />

to the future.<br />

In fact, Furnivall’s observation of the corruption-free administration<br />

mainly refers to the B.B. To support this observation Wertheim states that<br />

if corruption had occurred on a large scale the nationalist movement<br />

would undoubtedly have exploited this topic in their campaigns (1964,<br />

p.120). However, this has never happened. On the contrary, the norm<br />

regarding a corruption-free administration was considered as an ‘own<br />

value’ by the nationalists that they strived for after independence, with a<br />

republic as the form of government. In this republic there was no place for<br />

the feudal nobility.<br />

The mechanisms to establish a ‘clean administration’ within the B.B.<br />

developed in different ways. Over the years a strong esprit de corps developed.<br />

Despite the enormous increase in tasks and additional<br />

responsibilities the corps stayed very small. In 1942, at the time of the<br />

Japanese invasion, the total number of B.B. officials was no more than<br />

700, ruling over a population of 40 million. This encouraged internal<br />

social control: they felt themselves as a ‘Gang of Gideon’. Especially after<br />

the introduction of the Ethical Policy, the ‘spirit of Multatuli’ was gener-<br />

67


ally accepted as the norm for administrative behaviour in relation to corruption.<br />

The moral superiority of the B.B. was considered as one of the<br />

cornerstones of the colonial authority. Of course, the traditional instruments<br />

of power were also used, such as an army, a police-force and moreover<br />

an extensive network of espionage services in order to trace any<br />

opposition.<br />

The moral superiority also emerged in situations of conflicting interests<br />

within the native population itself. As mentioned before, such conflicts<br />

form the source of corruption. Unlike the local civil servants, P.P.,<br />

who had conflicts of loyalty between their ‘own’ community and the public<br />

interest of the colonial government; the Dutch authorities could take a<br />

much more neutral position, being strangers in the Indies. This has contributed<br />

strongly to the continuing image of integrity of the Dutch administration.<br />

From 1942 until the end of the sixties - the years of Japanese<br />

occupation, of the struggle for independence, and of political instability<br />

and unrest - the (administrative) norms and values were undermined and<br />

had to be reformulated. Following these years the Dutch period is commonly<br />

referred to as: zaman normal, the normal period in which order,<br />

peace, and especially legal security (albeit within the colonial power relations)<br />

were matter of fact. The administrative actions of the present<br />

officials of the Republic of Indonesia are still compared with the Western<br />

version of administration. This is apparent from the references to former<br />

norms, which are still formally valid, made by the older generation relative<br />

to present-day practices. This leads to a perceived horizontal institutional<br />

discrepancy in Indonesia, in which the norm with respect to corruption<br />

strongly differs from the real situation. This situation is a result of<br />

the institutional reorientation which is inherent in the dramatic developments<br />

since 1942 and subsequently from 1965, as a result of the renewed<br />

revival of a bureaucracy with strong patrimonial characteristics under the<br />

rule of General Suharto.<br />

Relative to the Dutch community in the colony, which was mainly<br />

employed in the economic sector, the B.B. has behaved substantially less<br />

‘clean’ over a long period. Wertheim points out two interesting developments,<br />

which are still relevant to an analysis of the problems in present<br />

Indonesia. The first development concerns the relationships of individual<br />

civil servants. To ensure ‘favourable behaviour’ of the civil servants in the<br />

implementation of administrative measures a sophisticated institution has<br />

been developed; the auction (1964, p.118). After a civil servant had fulfilled<br />

his tasks in a certain post - for a relatively short period of approxi-<br />

68


mately four years to prevent the possibility of too ‘close’ a relationship<br />

between the civil servant and local interest groups - he had to sell his<br />

property due to the forced move. Behaviour in ‘favour’ of the business<br />

community was rewarded by them offering exorbitantly large amounts of<br />

money for his property at auction. The civil servant knew that if he had<br />

acted less favourably he would receive lower prices at the auction. This<br />

led to debts when he had to settle while at his new post. This auction was<br />

so well embedded within the colonial system that it can be called an institution.<br />

The businessman, or trader, did not have to try to influence the<br />

civil servant by bribery over each separate transaction; his behaviour was<br />

already influenced. The civil servant had to be very sure of his ground to<br />

be able to resist this pressure. In addition, the auction were not considered<br />

as corruption, despite the large amounts of money, but rather as a relic<br />

dating from the patrimonial bureaucratic period in which transport facilities<br />

regarding transfers were still very limited. In this way the image of<br />

integrity, and therefore also the legitimacy of the colonial authority, could<br />

be underlined. In addition, a ‘favourable attitude’ with respect to the interests<br />

of the (foreign) capital could guarantee economic growth, the ultimate<br />

rationale for having a colony. In Indonesia today the technical constraints<br />

with regard to transfers do not apply and the institution officially no<br />

longer exists. However, the ‘reward’ for a favourable attitude, based on<br />

patrimonial principles, is still used without being directly associated with<br />

corruption. The reward is considered as an expression of affection rather<br />

than an attempt at bribery, as long as the reward is kept within reasonable<br />

(according local standards) limits.<br />

The second development Wertheim describes concerns the progress in<br />

technology, and as a result the smoother communication facilities, which<br />

made it less important for the wealthy (potential) investors, businessmen<br />

and traders to do ‘business’ with civil servants at the local level (1964,<br />

p.122). The decisions of real importance were made in The Hague and<br />

Batavia and through improved communication and control (= transactioncosts<br />

within the principal-agent model) these were executed grosso modo<br />

in conformity with that decision-making. Since the turn of the century<br />

economic lobbying were more and more used in order to influence the<br />

political process of decision-making in a direction that was structurally<br />

favourable. By influencing the legislation to their advantage, individual<br />

civil servants had no longer to be bribed. 5 Moreover, in this way the colonial<br />

government could legitimize itself (politically and economically) in<br />

the eyes of the investors, still the politically and economically most im-<br />

69


portant group within the colonial state, despite all the Ethical Policy rhetoric.<br />

Especially the provision of a favourable infrastructure for the<br />

European business sector, favourable monetary and fiscal policies and<br />

above all the maintenance of labour order were matters with which a colonial<br />

government could legitimize itself with respect to European<br />

investors and businessmen.<br />

2. Independence: the period of President Sukarno (1945-1965)<br />

After the Japanese occupation, which lasted more than three years, the<br />

political balance of power had changed considerably. The legitimacy of<br />

colonial authority was rejected with the Proclamation of Independence on<br />

the 17th of August, 1945. In the regions where the republic had had direct<br />

influence during the struggle for independence, the feudal Pangreh Pradja<br />

(P.P.) immediately changed its attitude and henceforth sympathised with<br />

the nationalist cause. This shift was also expressed in a change of name,<br />

from 1945 civil servants called themselves Pamong Pradja, ‘servant of the<br />

state’. This shift was largely a result of the struggle for independence that<br />

was still continuing at that time. The political battle was strongly<br />

characterised by revolutionary social features in its initial phase. Moreover,<br />

and possibly even more importantly, during the first few years after independence,<br />

a practically empty Treasury forced the civil servants to turn<br />

from Pangreh (ruler) to Pamong (servant). They had almost entirely to<br />

rely on the voluntary participation of the local population, not only with<br />

regard to the execution of government tasks aimed at development such as<br />

education and health care, but also with regard to the construction and<br />

maintenance of infrastructure such as bridges and roads (Fagg, 1958). In<br />

other words civil servants, especially those who had a ‘colonial record’,<br />

could only gain political legitimacy if they really behaved as a civil servant.<br />

Corrupt behaviour is of course not compatible with this attitude of<br />

pamong, or servitude.<br />

However, this period did not last long. The influence of the numerous<br />

political parties on the behaviour of the civil servants, including their<br />

attitudes towards corruption, was soon noticeable, at the national level and<br />

at the regional and local levels. After the Dutch recognition of sovereignty<br />

on the 27th December 1949, the republic tried to build up a parliamentary<br />

democratic system based on a new preliminary constitution established in<br />

1950. This period is generally described as the ‘Liberal Democratic Ex-<br />

70


periment’, implying that it failed. Within nine years no fewer than seventeen<br />

cabinets were formed which, eventually, led to the loss of legitimacy<br />

of this political system in 1959. In July 1959, Sukarno re-introduced the<br />

constitution of 1945 which gave him much broader competencies. He<br />

side-tracked the parliament and introduced his ‘Guided Democracy’, referring<br />

to it as a political system in which the ‘national character’ of Indonesia,<br />

with values such as solidarity, consensus and harmony, could<br />

flourish. Economic growth per se had a low priority.<br />

The political parties were very active until 1965, but not in order to<br />

legitimize themselves with the population. They merely aimed at gaining<br />

power and influence for their own constituencies within the power structure<br />

of the state, which was, subsequently, ‘squeezed dry’. This meant,<br />

among other things, that during the period of the Liberal Democratic Experiment<br />

a newly appointed minister would recruit his own followers as<br />

civil servants with each change of cabinet. However, the legislation did<br />

not allow the standing civil servants to be replaced. This resulted in what<br />

Hans-Dieter Evers called so precisely a ‘run-away bureaucracy’ (1987).<br />

This development caused enormous transaction-costs, without any improvement<br />

in the quality of the execution of tasks. On the contrary, government<br />

action was characterised by a high degree of incompetence and<br />

administrative weakness. The downward economic spiral (low productivity<br />

- inflation - too low wages - corruption) eventually led to complete economic<br />

bankruptcy of the Guided Democracy in the mid-sixties. This bankruptcy<br />

lead to a coup which turned out to be the trigger for a social drama<br />

in which more than 500,000 people were killed. It also marked the end of<br />

the political legitimacy of the Sukarno period which was scornfully called<br />

the ‘Old Order’ after 1965. From that time onwards the new administration<br />

called itself the ‘New Order’, seeking its legitimacy in a successful<br />

economy, or to put it in the terms of the modernisation theory, in developmentalism.<br />

In the fifties the distinction between ‘small’ and ‘large’ corruption<br />

was introduced in Indonesia. This distinction is essential in relation to<br />

legitimacy. The former indicates that in order to survive the civil servants<br />

had rather been forced to act corruptly. 6 This did not affect the political<br />

legitimacy of the regime. Hence, small corruption was a necessary result<br />

rather than a cause of the eventual disappearance of the economic legitimacy.<br />

One of the usual ways to make use of small corruption was to<br />

exploit the discretion of the civil servants effectively. The outstanding<br />

technique was to delay the promulgation of an administrative measure for<br />

71


as long as possible after a law, or legislation, had been enacted. In this<br />

way the responsible civil servant gained the legitimate competence to act<br />

‘at his own discretion’, orbijaksana. Bijaksana literally means ‘wisdom’,<br />

but because of the conduct of the civil servants it developed the meaning<br />

of ‘arbitrariness’. This phenomenon strongly resembles one of the characteristics<br />

of Riggs’ Sala model of a bureaucracy, being ‘formalism’: ‘...the<br />

laws...are one thing, the actual behaviour of the official is another ... What<br />

permits formalism is the lack of pressure toward programme objectives,<br />

the weakness of social power as a guide to bureaucratic performance, and<br />

hence great permissiveness for arbitrary administration’ (1970, p.214).<br />

Such arbitrariness directly harms the legal dimension of legitimacy as has<br />

been pointed out in chapter 1 of this volume by Bakker.<br />

‘Large’ corruption, on the other hand, is directly related to economic<br />

decline, and therefore to the political legitimacy of the regime. During the<br />

fifties, the Founding Fathers of the republic had a strong nationalistic<br />

economic development strategy in mind as they tried to give direction to<br />

their newly acquired political independence. This strategy was based on<br />

socialist principles. In practice this strategy was an attempt to create a<br />

class of indigenous (pribumi) entrepreneurs. In this way they hoped to<br />

decrease the persistent economic dependence on other countries. During<br />

the Round Table Conference of 1949 the Dutch had been able to stipulate<br />

that their enterprises, including Unilever and Shell, could continue to<br />

operate unhindered and so keep the largest part of their profits. Because of<br />

this situation the young republic was lacking the revenues necessary to<br />

gain a social-economic legitimacy with its own population. In addition the<br />

economic dependence on Chinese traders, discriminatorily termed<br />

non-pribumi, non-natives, was considered unfavourable. The political<br />

loyalty of this community, which mostly had dual nationality (Indonesian,<br />

and either the nationality of the communist People’s Republic or of Taiwan),<br />

was seriously doubted.<br />

To strengthen the position of the pribumi employers with respect to<br />

the Chinese, the government granted them licences. In practice, however,<br />

it were not the employers who got the licences but politicians and officials.<br />

They resold the licences, often to the Chinese. This profit seeking<br />

behaviour through the resale of licences did not reinforce the position of<br />

the pribumi employers. The second administrative measure to strengthen<br />

indigenous entrepreneurship, against foreign competitors in the market,<br />

also failed. The intended protectionist policy of import-substitution led, as<br />

elsewhere, to a ‘high-cost economy’ which can be seen as the most im-<br />

72


portant cause of the increasing inflation. This inflationary process had, of<br />

course, a negative impact on the economic position of the many minor<br />

officials who tried to survive by way of small corruption.<br />

For an analysis of the relationship between corruption and legitimacy<br />

during the New Order at least two developments from the Sukarno-period<br />

have to be mentioned. Firstly, the military started to play a role in the<br />

economic field as a consequence of regional warlordism, in reaction to the<br />

enormous extravagance of politicians at the national centre, Jakarta, and as<br />

a result of the nationalisation of foreign businesses as a part of Sukarno’s<br />

campaign to integrate West-New Guinea/Irian Jaya into the republic.<br />

This last development gave the military commanders, and their divisions,<br />

control over the nationalised enterprises. In many cases this control<br />

was an important reason for warlords to conform with the central army<br />

command in Jakarta. Whatever role the military took for themselves, being<br />

that of warlord or that of new manager of the nationalised firms, they<br />

made working contracts with the Chinese managers who took care of daily<br />

management. Such a symbiosis between the military and the Chinese,<br />

called cukong in this situation, is still characteristic of the relationships<br />

within the economic sector during the New Order. This symbiosis is the<br />

basis of the political economic power of the present president, Suharto. 7<br />

The legitimacy for this far-reaching involvement in social and economic<br />

development is claimed by the military by virtue of their role during<br />

the struggle for independence and the subsequent violent separation<br />

movements through which the unitary state is preserved. This claim is<br />

called the ‘double function’ (dwi-fungsi) and offers the military the potential<br />

to have political-social functions in addition to their regular army<br />

tasks. With these leading functions in the administration and the economy,<br />

in close co-operation with Chinese businessmen, the military can form<br />

their own business interests almost entirely outside the official government,<br />

both at the national and regional level. The magnitude of this form<br />

of corruption cannot be calculated, only guessed at.<br />

With regard to the various dimensions of legitimacy, as discussed in<br />

chapter 1, and their relationship to corruption the army has to be dealt<br />

with as a distinct actor within the New Order. Although the army operates<br />

within the government, it can clearly be distinguished from the civil servants.<br />

More than in any other government organization, the closed nature<br />

of military organizations forms a fertile breeding ground for corruption if<br />

there is no political control over their exercise of power. This regularly<br />

73


occurred during the New Order and is related to a second important development<br />

which had started under Sukarno.<br />

After President Sukarno dissolved Parliament in July 1959, he gradually<br />

drew more power towards himself. However, he did have to take the<br />

army into account, which had developed more and more into a state within<br />

the state. In order to counter the army as much as possible Sukarno, being<br />

a populist himself, tried to mobilise the population directly. In this effort<br />

he was supported by various undercover organizations of the PKI, the<br />

communist party, which was able to fully flourish with the silent approval<br />

of Sukarno under the Guided Democracy. In the previous years the PKI<br />

had had no governmental responsibilities and was therefore not identified<br />

with the failure of parliamentary democracy. Moreover, the PKI had kept<br />

aloof from the practices of corruption, which had given them many adherents<br />

among the population. Indeed, so many supported the PKI that it<br />

dared to manifest itself publicly as being an alternative government in the<br />

period after the death of Sukarno. Sukarno had proclaimed himself president<br />

for life in 1963, even though he was already weak and ill.<br />

The coup attempt of 1965, which was organized partly as a result of<br />

the speculation about Sukarno’s health, had another outcome however. The<br />

army turned out to be the winner. The PKI was blamed for the coup and<br />

anyone and everything that could be associated with the PKI was either<br />

physically destroyed or effectively silenced. However, the role of the other<br />

political parties was also restrained by the army. Civil servants, including<br />

military personnel in many key administrative positions, were placed within<br />

a new political organization, the GOLKAR, which became de facto the<br />

government party of Suharto. In order to obtain a pseudo-political legitimacy,<br />

especially in relation to the international donor community, two<br />

other political parties were allowed. However, in the course of successive<br />

years the army has succeeded if not in breaking, then at least in effectively<br />

keeping control on the power of all other political and social organizations.<br />

The judiciary also became a de facto subordinate of the politicaleconomic<br />

ruling elite under Suharto. The constitution of 1945 has an<br />

integratistic character, meaning that there is no strict separation between<br />

the executive power, the legislature and the controlling power. This was<br />

constructed purposefully as this would better meet the ‘national character’<br />

of the Indonesian society according to Supomo, the main architect of this<br />

constitution. However, by 1950 he had already reconsidered, but his<br />

change of opinion is disregarded by the present ruling elite since it does<br />

74


not meet their needs. The original view of Supomo is nowadays sacrosanct.<br />

According to the constitution of 1945 the Majelis Permusjawaratan<br />

Rakyat (MPR), the People’s Council for Consultation, is the highest<br />

governmental institute, but its 1000 members only meet for two weeks<br />

every five years. Its main functions are to approve the Broad Guidelines<br />

for National Development and to appoint the president and vice-president.<br />

Under the authority of the MPR there are five supreme state bodies,<br />

formally all with equal authority. Hence, the Mahkamah Agung, the<br />

supreme legal institute, and the Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat (DPR), the<br />

People’s Representative, consisting of 500 members, of whom 400 are<br />

elected during the pseudo-democratic national elections held every five<br />

years, formally have equal authority to the presidency. However, since the<br />

president acts as Mandatory during the five years between the MPR meetings,<br />

by his office he represents all competencies held by the MPR and<br />

thus, de facto, he acts as the highest authority. Moreover, constitutionally<br />

the president is also the supreme commander of the armed forces. So,<br />

without an independent parliament as counterbalance, the president has, in<br />

practice, virtually absolute power over all state agencies during the five<br />

years in which he acts as Mandatory. Only at the end of his term has he to<br />

render an account to the MPR. 50% of the members of the MPR are from<br />

the DPR, the semi-elected representatives of the people, and the other 50%<br />

are appointed through regional councils.<br />

In the early seventies Suharto introduced a procedural alteration with<br />

the result that the members of the MPR to whom he has to render account,<br />

are not the same as those members who appointed him at the preceding<br />

meeting. Both MPR and DPR members are fully controlled by the majority<br />

party, GOLKAR, and are first carefully screened by the president himself<br />

in order to guarantee their loyalty. The president, therefore, does not<br />

have to fear the ‘verdict’ of the MPR. An exception is the military faction.<br />

This fraction within the MPR and DPR has a distinct constitutional status.<br />

Members of the armed forces do not have the right to vote in order to<br />

avoid party-political influences harming the unity of the state. However, to<br />

compensate for this loss of civil rights, the army does have 75 permanent<br />

representatives in the DPR and twice as many in the MPR.<br />

This raises the theoretical possibility of the army, together with the<br />

two pseudo-parties, to counter balance the government party, GOLKAR,<br />

over certain themes. In the practice of the New Order, however, this<br />

‘scope for policy-making’ has hardly any meaning because the GOLKAR<br />

is in a two-thirds majority position. However during DPR hearings, or an<br />

75


MPR session, this ‘exclusive’ position of the Army fraction can play an<br />

important role since the New Order, as with Sukarno’s Guided Democracy,<br />

strongly adheres to the values of consensus and solidarity. A dissident<br />

opinion within the MPR is in itself a serious defamation of the political<br />

legitimacy of the president according to the standards of the New Order,<br />

even though it does not form a direct threat to the majority position of the<br />

GOLKAR.<br />

Because of the constitutional authority of the president and the<br />

‘streamlined’ party-political structure, which make it possible for him to<br />

check the decisions of the DPR completely, the president effectively controls<br />

the judiciary. The legislation, developed during the New Order, is in<br />

the first instance aimed at the protection of the interests of the ruling<br />

political-economic elite. In addition, administrative practice shows that the<br />

president, if he thinks it is necessary, can disregard the existing legal<br />

procedures using a presidential decree (KepPres). Such ‘bypassing’ of the<br />

recognised hierarchy in legislation encounters, of course, resistance from<br />

those functionaries within the government who see their competencies<br />

infringed. However, they can do no more than complain, or at most practise<br />

concealed resistance, because of their political dependence within the<br />

administrative system. It is not legal legitimacy, as described in chapter 1<br />

by Bakker. Nevertheless, the New Order does claim this legitimacy on the<br />

basis of self-established one-sided legal procedures.<br />

Thus in considering corruption during the New Order, we are neither<br />

dealing with party politicians, as distinct actors, in the relationships between<br />

bureaucracy and the economic sector, nor with an independent<br />

judiciary, unlike for example with India or the Philippines. The (foreign)<br />

economic actors can only deal with civil servants and military functionaries<br />

when they want favours. An analysis focused on the relationship between<br />

corruption and legitimacy in the New Order, must take into account<br />

the political-economic system of the New Order.<br />

3. <strong>Corruption</strong> and legitimacy during the period of Suharto: 1965<br />

until the present<br />

In this paragraph four examples from this period will be discussed which<br />

focus on the relationship between corruption and legitimacy.<br />

76


(1) Firstly, the nationalist industrial policy of Ibnu Sutowo, in<br />

particular the case of the Pertamina affair in 1975, concerning a foreign<br />

debt of more than US$ 10 billion.<br />

(2) Secondly, the nationalistic industrial policy that is pursued<br />

by the present minister of technology and research, Habibie: to achieve a<br />

High-Tech society within a period of 25 years. He has marked the economic<br />

development to such an extent that we can speak of Habibie-nomics.<br />

This industrial policy, in fact, concerns the political legitimacy of the New<br />

Order under Suharto. This legitimacy, however, is seriously weakened by<br />

the enormous corruption affairs which run into hundreds of millions of<br />

US$. The very fact that these affairs reached court in 1994 - albeit they<br />

soon got stranded there - can be considered as a new development in<br />

undermining the political-economic legitimacy of Suharto/Habibie by the<br />

legal legitimacy.<br />

(3) The third example, the anti-corruption campaign Opstib<br />

from 1977/’78, however, shows that the New Order succeeded in shoring<br />

up the political and economic dimensions of its legitimacy, which were<br />

seriously endangered after the Pertamina corruption affair in 1975.<br />

(4) The fourth example focuses on the policy instrument of<br />

Public-Private-Partnership which is promulgated by the Worldbank and the<br />

IMF within the scope of its structural adjustment programmes (SAPs), for<br />

example for the infrastructural development of cities. This case deals with<br />

corruption and legitimacy within the principal-agent model.<br />

3.1 The Pertamina Case: 1975<br />

At the end of the fifties the symbiosis between the military and the Chinese<br />

cukongs began. This symbiosis formed the economic basis on which<br />

General Suharto could consolidate his political-economic power and subsequently<br />

expand it, especially through his family, after the coup of 1965/-<br />

’67. In accordance with the Central-Javanese patrimonial court custom, his<br />

wife, Ibu Tien Suharto, went ‘into business’. As a result she was soon<br />

called ‘Ibu Tien Prosen’ (‘ten percent’), referring to the amount of money<br />

that was ‘reamed off’. At present the First Lady is nicknamed ‘Ibu Fiftyfifty’<br />

indicating that her ‘share’ has increased significantly.<br />

In the centralist development model, which was supported financially<br />

by the West, economic recovery was systematically tackled. The state<br />

selected those sectors that were considered crucial to the desired rapid<br />

economic growth. From the beginning, self-provision in rice production<br />

77


formed the central point. This meant that the state took care of the repair<br />

of the irrigation infrastructure, the production and distribution of pesticides<br />

and insecticides, and of the distribution of rice through a state enterprise,<br />

BULOG. The presidential family soon developed business interests in such<br />

enterprises, including the cement and petro-chemical industries and the<br />

state enterprise, BULOG, in charge of the agricultural credits and the<br />

purchase and sale of rice. These companies had monopoly positions or had<br />

licences issued by the state. The billions of Rupiahs (at that time the exchange-rate<br />

was about Rp. 300 to DFl. 1), circulating within this sector,<br />

formed an easy source of income which could be ‘tapped’. This gave the<br />

First Family the opportunity to build up their own business empire before<br />

others could do the same. In this way they had an enormous economic<br />

headstart.<br />

In the initial period, when Suharto was not yet able to consolidate his<br />

position as firmly as at present, he had to allow other generals to ‘tap’<br />

other sectors of the economy. In this way the former military doctor, and<br />

in the meantime general and director of the state oil company Pertamina,<br />

Ibnu Sutowo, gained enormous economic power and influence when in<br />

1973 Indonesia, as a member of OPEC, could fully profit from the leaping<br />

oil-prices. The oil company Pertamina became a state within a state. The<br />

national bureau for planning and development and the department of<br />

finances had no information (hence, no means of control) in order to exert<br />

any influence on the management, or on the allocation of the revenues.<br />

During the first turbulent years after the coup, Ibnu Sutowo, as the director<br />

of Pertamina, financially supported General Suharto and his group of<br />

officers. This had enabled Suharto to consolidate his political power<br />

quicker. In return Ibnu Sutowo was permitted to allocate the oil revenues<br />

to a large extent in line with his own views.<br />

In retrospect, these views turned out to match closely Suharto’s own<br />

views of a nationalistic industry based on protectionism and import-substitution.<br />

Retrospectively, because, initially it seemed that Suharto<br />

allowed the planners of the Worldbank to dictate completely the direction<br />

of economic development during the first Five-Year-Plan (1969/’74).<br />

These planners worked closely together with Indonesian technocrats who<br />

had been educated in the West. It was clear to them that, after the necessary<br />

recovery of the infrastructure, the Indonesian economy had to be<br />

‘linked’ to the world economy, based on an effective application of comparative<br />

advantages, such as abundant natural riches and cheap labour.<br />

Essentially this implied that exports had to be stimulated and not the<br />

78


everse, i.e. creating a national industry by means of protectionism. Concerning<br />

this export-oriented strategy, the Western donors formed the Inter-<br />

Governmental Group on Indonesia (IGGI). The IGGI was willing to contribute<br />

several billions of dollars per year in (soft) loans.<br />

From October 1973, however, oil revenues provided the unexpected<br />

opportunity to pursue a parallel economic policy which could be implemented<br />

beyond the influence and control of the Western donors (IGGI).<br />

Ibnu Sutowo, it transpired, was very much aware of the fact that Indonesia’s<br />

economy would continue to be dependent on Western industry if<br />

the New Order only followed the development model of the Worldbank.<br />

In congruence with the Centre-Periphery theory of Johan Galtung (1971)<br />

he aimed at breaking this dependency through the development of an<br />

economic base for a national industry built up on the oil revenues. On an<br />

almost unlimited scale he was able to get credits from the international<br />

private financial markets using oil as a guarantee. These credits were<br />

intended for a simultaneous multi-sectoral development of the economy:<br />

from steel production and the petro-chemistry industry, to the infrastructure<br />

for tourism (including hotels and golf-courses) to bring in the<br />

necessary foreign currency. Ibnu Sutowo hoped to put an end to the economic<br />

dependency ‘in one hit’ so to speak. However, in all the different<br />

branches of industry he appointed persons, not so much on the basis of<br />

their quality but because of their loyalty to Ibnu Sutowo himself, through<br />

the system of nepotism. This resulted in very low efficiency and the difference<br />

between the dead-weight price and the transfer price to be very<br />

large. In terms of transaction costs it can be stated that these large losses<br />

were among the main reasons why Ibnu Sutowo (and therefore, indirectly,<br />

also President Suharto) did not succeed in building up a national industry<br />

at that time. These wastes were the result of the nepotism, which caused<br />

mismanagement and the disappearance of much money into private<br />

pockets.<br />

As long as oil prices were increasing this waste could be camouflaged,<br />

even though Ibnu Sutowo had to resort increasingly to short term<br />

loans (three to six months) in order to meet his repayment obligations. In<br />

this way he got trapped in a vicious circle, for the short term loans were<br />

only available at a very high rate. In mid-1975 a small private bank in<br />

Houston had problems with the repayments on such a short term loan. An<br />

international investigation was set up into the solvency of Pertamina. This<br />

showed that the company had built up a debt of about US$ 10 billion in<br />

just a few years. This nearly as much as the total official debt that the<br />

79


Indonesian government had received from the IGGI between 1967 to<br />

1975.<br />

The political-economic legitimacy of the New Order vis-à-vis the<br />

international donor community (including the IGGI and the Worldbank)<br />

was in danger. The Suharto government however immediately guaranteed<br />

the increased debts. In this way Suharto managed to keep his political<br />

legitimacy vis-à-vis the IGGI/Worldbank, and this resulted in the continuation<br />

of their - now even more urgent - financial support. The price<br />

Suharto had to pay was an increase in the supervision of the management<br />

of Pertamina, especially of the national planning and development bureau,<br />

BAPPENAS, and of the department of finances, by the technocrats. As a<br />

result, this state-owned enterprise somewhat lost its position of ‘state within<br />

a state’. On one hand the government, in this case the technocrats within<br />

the government, got a larger say over the oil revenues and could use<br />

them to finance the regular development programmes. On the other hand,<br />

the margins in which to develop an independent economic policy by an<br />

very important elite group within the regime were limited, for the time<br />

being.<br />

However, the development of a successful independent national industry<br />

might have resulted in political-economic legitimacy vis-à-vis the<br />

population, many of which shared the nationalist ideas of the elite. The<br />

size of this part of the population is far from negligible. Already during<br />

the colonial period especially the Islamic small traders were oriented<br />

towards economic nationalism. This was not only expressed in their anti-<br />

Dutch attitude, but also in their anti-Chinese (non-pribumi) attitude. However,<br />

because of the loss of the scope for policy making by Ibnu Sutowo,<br />

partly due to the recruitment of weak management through the system of<br />

nepotism, this elite group endangered the entire New Order as a regime (in<br />

the meaning of ‘configuration of dominant elites’). At the time in Indonesia,<br />

this failure of Ibnu Sutowo’s strategy was mainly considered a<br />

result of the international intervention by his financial supporters. These<br />

interventions were considered as intending to keep a Periphery-country (a<br />

developing country such as Indonesia) within the grip of the Centre (the<br />

industrialised countries). From that perspective, it was viewed that the<br />

international (private) financial circuit intended Ibnu Sutowo to fail by<br />

giving him an excessive supply of credits and therefore making mismanagement<br />

inevitable. In addition the ideas of the Dependencia theory<br />

had already penetrated Indonesia .<br />

80


By decreasing the scope for policy making by the elite around Ibnu<br />

Sutowo, through increased control over their revenue, the Suharto government<br />

was able to meet the demands of the international donors. At the<br />

same time Suharto was able to increase his political-economic legitimacy<br />

at the international level. But, as we will see in the third case study,<br />

Suharto had to have stricter supervision over the management of the<br />

government as a whole in order to safeguard his political-economic legitimacy<br />

vis-à-vis his own population. This increase in supervision of the<br />

government can be defined in terms of transaction costs, which are<br />

necessary to develop a more efficient apparatus of government.<br />

3.2 Habibie’s High Tech society<br />

After several months General Sutowo was replaced, albeit by another<br />

general due to pressure from the military, who still considered this state<br />

enterprise as their ‘milk cow’. Due to the increasing oil prices, the debts<br />

were soon paid off, and the leverage of the IGGI/Worldbank to put<br />

Pertamina under more control by the department of finances became less<br />

effective. It was the end of the eighties before a civilian could fulfil the<br />

function of president-director of this state enterprise. In 1985/’86 oil prices<br />

reduced dramatically and the IGGI/Worldbank were able to increase pressure<br />

on the Suharto government again, forcing the New Order to implement<br />

imposed structural adjustment programmes (SAPs). Until then, however,<br />

Pertamina had continued to be the main ‘supplier’, financing the military<br />

and industrial apparatus beyond the state budget. From 1978 onwards, the<br />

young, brilliant engineer Habibie was given a free-hand in developing his<br />

nationalistic industrialisation strategy. His strategy was aimed at mastering<br />

High Technology (such as telecommunications and aircraft construction)<br />

by the Indonesian industry itself. He could pursue this strategy with the<br />

full consent of the president. Apparently, the ‘surrender’ to the international<br />

donor community in 1975, bringing Pertamina more under the<br />

supervision of the technocrats, did not prevent Suharto from pushing the<br />

development of industrialisation based on nationalistic ideals. However,<br />

Habibie’s policy was not similar to Ibnu Sutowo’s strategy, based on<br />

rapidly catching up with the technology of the Centre by buying it rather<br />

than mastering it. Habibie’s strategy is based on the concept of competitive<br />

advantages, meaning the optimal use of human resources, especially qualitatively,<br />

alongside natural resources. According to Habibie, Indonesia<br />

81


could develop its own technology by the year 2020, making it an industrial<br />

power in the Pacific region. 8<br />

As long as human resources were not optimally developed, extra<br />

financial means had to be deployed to give Habibie’s strategy a chance of<br />

succeeding. Braadbaart (1996) calculates that US$ 1 billion, in direct<br />

subsidies annually from the regular treasury for the strategic companies,<br />

directly belongs within the sphere of influence of Habibie: the ten state<br />

owned enterprises under the umbrella of BPIS, an agency for strategic<br />

industries. In Jakarta, however, it is generally taken for granted that<br />

Habibie receives the majority of his financing for BPIS in the form of<br />

‘implicit’ subsidies, such as preferential treatment in the sale of BPIS<br />

products to other public institutions. The amounts of money concerned can<br />

only be guessed at. In the early nineties, observers in Jakarta estimated<br />

that due to this high-cost economy a 35% loss was suffered. In Basu’s<br />

terminology this is 35% dead weight, including corruption. Protectionism,<br />

with monopolies and licences as instruments, provides facilities for corruption.<br />

9 The extent of this corruption, in relation to the industrialisation<br />

policy of Habibie, provokes large resistance within the government bureaucracy,<br />

which suffers under severe economic measures. But besides<br />

that, the corruption forms a sort of ‘leverage’ used by critics, who try to<br />

oppose Habibie’s strategy, in addition to their principal arguments that the<br />

Indonesian economy cannot permit such a strategy.<br />

In order to obtain the necessary financial means to implement<br />

Habibie’s strategy, these means are subtracted from the budgets of other<br />

departments. This was the case in 1994 with US$ 190 million earmarked<br />

for reforestation. With presidential approval this amount was ‘transferred’<br />

to Habibie’s aircraft industry to make his dream come true: to have an aircraft<br />

assembled by Indonesian engineers ‘ready for take off’ on the 17th<br />

of August 1995, fifty years after the Proclamation of Independence. And<br />

indeed, on August 8th 1995, Habibie realized his plan, the first plane,<br />

supposedly fully assembled in Indonesia, took of from Bandung airport, a<br />

ceremony widely covered by the Indonesian media. The vigilant environmental<br />

organization, WALHI, however, was ‘tipped off’ about the financial<br />

transfer which had taken place beyond the authority of the national<br />

planning and development bureau and department of finances, and<br />

protested. The court of administrative affairs, installed in 1985 to curtail<br />

misconduct of officials, accepted the case, but disqualified itself from pursuing<br />

the case after great pressure from ‘the palace’.<br />

82


The attempt to stop the transfer by legal procedure is new within the<br />

New Order. The opposition in Jakarta suggests that this is an intentionally<br />

chosen strategy by the military and the civilians who perceive Habibie’s<br />

strategy as the greatest threat to Indonesia’s future. By having the case<br />

dismissed, Suharto prevented his political-economic legitimacy (Habibie’s<br />

High Tech society) being blocked, but he risked his (inter)national juridical<br />

legitimacy being severely damaged. The attempt by the opposition to<br />

undermine the basis of power of the ruling elite by legal procedure strongly<br />

reminds one of lawsuits conducted in Italy, Spain and more recently in<br />

France. The question arises as to whether such lawsuits are instigated by<br />

the international financial circuit, such as the IMF? If that is the case it<br />

can be said that an attempt is being made to push back corruption through<br />

international (vertical) organizations. The fact that the court of administrative<br />

affairs was installed in 1985 could be connected with the larger<br />

involvement the Worldbank and the IMF in the economic development<br />

during that period, as we shall see in the fourth case.<br />

However, we will go back in time to first describe the way in which<br />

Suharto not only managed the negative effects of the Pertamina failure,<br />

but also managed to use that affair to enlarge his own political-economic<br />

legitimacy vis-à-vis the population.<br />

3.3 The anti-corruption campaign Opstib: 1977/’78<br />

The military-strategist Suharto had acquired a large degree of political<br />

legitimacy in the eyes of the population during the seventies. He had partly<br />

used the financial support of the IGGI/Worldbank and the oil revenues<br />

to build a social infrastructure, such as the building of (village)schools,<br />

(rural) clinics, (village)markets and special credit programmes for farmers.<br />

In addition, the rapid improvement and expansion of the physical infrastructure<br />

led to increased mobility, which in itself boosted economic<br />

growth. This social-economic development resulted in the support of the<br />

New Order by large groups in society, hence, increasing the politicaleconomic<br />

legitimacy of the Suharto-government. Not everybody profited<br />

directly from the economic growth, but most people expected to share in<br />

the general material progress, which manifested itself so profoundly compared<br />

with Sukarno’s period, in the long run.<br />

The implementation of the construction programmes were developed<br />

through the administrative channels under the code-name INPRES,<br />

Instruksi Presiden, underlying the impression that all these ‘good activi-<br />

83


ties’ were financed by the president himself. In this way Suharto succeeded<br />

in gaining personal legitimacy, especially in the eyes of the rural<br />

population. The patrimonial ruler who was not only concerned with the<br />

fate of his people, but was also prepared to pay ‘out of his own purse’, so<br />

that the people did not have the right to judge the use or quality of what<br />

was offered.<br />

The civil servants were still seriously underpaid, a heritage from<br />

Sukarno’s period. The necessity to survive through small corruption was<br />

still present during the New Order. Therefore the temptation to ‘tap’ these<br />

funds for themselves was very large. However, the budgets for the construction<br />

programmes also had an allocation for ‘incentives’. When a<br />

government agency delivered a project within the fixed time, the civil<br />

servants concerned got a bonus as a legitimate extra income. In this way<br />

not only was a certain degree of effectiveness achieved (projects were<br />

usually delivered on time), but also the loyalty of the administrators was<br />

gained by the Suharto-government. This had become even more important<br />

because, in regard to the policy objective of political stability (Huntington,<br />

1968), the old political party structure had been curtailed in such a way<br />

that there was in fact only one dominant political grouping, the GOLKAR<br />

which acts as the government party. All civil servants were obliged to<br />

break their former political memberships and relationships, and to become<br />

members of the GOLKAR on penalty of dismissal. In order to prevent<br />

parts of the government obstructing the implementation of the construction<br />

programmes, the incentives were used as material ties to achieve loyalty.<br />

In our terms, they can be considered as a form of transaction costs for the<br />

effectiveness of the projects. However, it turned out that the budget for<br />

‘incentives’ was open to misinterpretation in practice. Lower official echelons<br />

had to sign for the amounts intended for the projects/programmes in<br />

their administrative districts while percentages of this amount had already<br />

been deducted as ‘incentives’ by higher echelons. By signing for the ‘full’<br />

amount though, collective knowledge of all the authorities involved in the<br />

difference between the official and the received amount of money developed.<br />

This difference had to be camouflaged in practice by various<br />

measures such as the construction of fewer miles of roads, by diluting<br />

asphalt and/or cement, by the construction of schools and clinics with<br />

halfbrick instead of the required wholebrick walls. In practice the system<br />

of incentives, intended to guarantee effectiveness, led to even higher transaction<br />

costs because of the way it was applied: the quality of the performed<br />

services declined to such an extent that the political-economic<br />

84


legitimacy of the Suharto-government was endangered. Because all the<br />

involved people believed that the budget would rise again in the next<br />

budget year (due to the continually rising oil price), no-one really worried<br />

about the arising technological shortcomings. These shortcomings would<br />

be put right in the next year with the extra money. And, even if inspections<br />

were carried out, almost all physical defects could easily be<br />

attributed to the strong activity of the earth’s crust in the archipelago.<br />

In such a system it is almost inevitable that the most ‘daring’ people<br />

consider a larger portion than officially granted to be an ‘incentive’. As<br />

long as this part was used as ‘revenues’ for the own department little<br />

became known. The ranks closed in accordance with the patrimonial<br />

character of the bureaucracy. However, if individual civil servants used<br />

this technique of ‘over-asking’ too much for their own private purposes<br />

the word corruption was used. This resulted in jealousy and informing on<br />

others, which could lead to all sorts of administrative tensions, in turn<br />

hampering the effectiveness of the programme implementation. Here<br />

again, high transaction costs are the result of this system of incentives.<br />

In the years of the oil boom these ‘reaming-off’ practices occurred to<br />

such an extent that ‘large’ corruption also occurred at the regional and the<br />

local levels. Until the oil boom this form of corruption had been restricted<br />

to the national centre. Due to the annually increased budgets for construction,<br />

during the seventies ‘large’ corruption also became visible at the<br />

level of districts and even villages. It was still not a form of corruption<br />

that implied a direct burden on the local population, because money was<br />

received from funds provided by the centre. In that sense the corruption<br />

was not directly perceptible by the population. However, the reliability of<br />

the government, the political-economic legitimacy, was in direct danger,<br />

because of the abundant wealth displayed by many civil servants. These<br />

practices were clear to the population. It was discerned to such a degree<br />

that in the mid-seventies a large majority of farmers refused to pay off<br />

their agricultural credits as a reaction to the corruption of the government.<br />

This amounted to billions of Rupiahs per province (at an exchange rate of<br />

about 600 Rp. to DFL. 1). In the mid-seventies, the Suharto government<br />

could not afford to write off these amounts of money. It still had an international<br />

obligation to pay off as soon as possible the US$ 10 billion debt<br />

resulting from the Pertamina problems. The problem of bad repayments of<br />

loans in regard to agricultural credit programmes existed world-wide,<br />

partly as a result of real incapacity to manage such an administratively<br />

complex programme. The interesting point in this case is that the farmers<br />

85


elated their refusal to pay off their credits to their dislike of the corrupt<br />

behaviour of local civil servants. Following the Opstib campaign the bureaucracy<br />

did succeed in collecting the outstanding debts in a relatively<br />

short period of time.<br />

If the outstanding debts of the farmers could not be collected it presumably<br />

implied the end of the recently started construction of social<br />

infrastructure and with it, the end of the extra income for the civil servants.<br />

This would seriously interfere with the internal political legitimacy<br />

of the Suharto government. However, with one stroke of genius, Suharto<br />

managed to collect the outstanding debts and halt temporarily the increasing<br />

regional and local practices of corruption with regard to the construction<br />

programmes. In this way, he regained a political-economic legitimacy<br />

both at the international and the national level. This anti-corruption campaign<br />

is known in Indonesia as OPSTIB, Operasi Tertib, the operation of<br />

orderliness. The organization and execution of this Opstib campaign has<br />

been described extensively (Schulte Nordholt, 1977, 1981), but it can now<br />

be further analyzed in terms of transaction costs in relation to legitimacy.<br />

The Opstib campaign was started in July 1977, with much publicity,<br />

two months after the national elections. In the months prior to the elections,<br />

it had become clear to the government that criticism among the<br />

population was widely spread and deeply rooted. The elections were won,<br />

with more than 65% of the votes for GOLKAR, but this was partly due to<br />

a lack of a real alternative, and partly due to the use of intimidation where<br />

this was deemed necessary. However, the perceived discontent among the<br />

population gave every reason for the internal opposition against the<br />

reappointment of Suharto to dispute his ambitions. According to existing<br />

legislation he had to be reappointed in March 1978 by the highest body,<br />

the MPR, the people’s consultative council. The MPR only comes together<br />

once every five years and gathers for two weeks in closed sessions. On the<br />

basis of the norms of consensus and unity, which had also been declared<br />

to be of the highest value in the New Order by Suharto, it was very important<br />

with regard to his national political legitimacy for him to be<br />

reappointed unanimously for a third term in May 1978.<br />

To counter the internal opposition Suharto had to make a dramatic<br />

gesture of goodwill. He charged his loyal aide, Admiral Sudomo, the head<br />

of the security and intelligence agency, with starting an anti-corruption<br />

campaign. Such campaigns had been launched regularly in the fifties but<br />

never with any noticeable effect. Sudomo admitted this, but claimed that it<br />

would be different this time. He unfolded his strategy, which had both a<br />

86


short-term and a long-term goal. In the short-term he hoped to gain the<br />

co-operation of the population by way of a ‘shock-therapy’ in which notorious<br />

corrupt civil servants would be punished in public through several<br />

sensational trials. In this way Sudomo hoped not only to obtain the necessary<br />

relevant information about corrupt practices by officials, but also to<br />

regain trust in Suharto’s leadership. In the long-term, 10 to 20 years according<br />

to Sudomo, he hoped to have ‘cleansed’ the bureaucracy by creating<br />

effective internal control procedures.<br />

The public could send information anonymously to a specially created<br />

‘post-box’, at national, regional and local levels. This ‘post-box’ was<br />

given the task of being a sort of ombudsman. At every administrative<br />

level, a commission, in which the appropriate military commander was<br />

chairman, dealt with the anonymous information. This commission firstly<br />

investigated the grounds for the complaint internally. Subsequently, ‘the<br />

case’ - still without revealing the identity of the complainer - could be<br />

sent on to the department of the civil servant, so that eventually disciplinary<br />

or even punitive measures could be taken. Some cases were, however,<br />

directly sent to the court. These cases purposely received a lot of publicity<br />

in order to focus the people’s attention on this Opstib campaign. One case,<br />

in which a district-head was involved, was directly aimed at regaining<br />

trust in the president. The military official involved was actually a relative<br />

of the president’s wife. By dismissing him, the president demonstrated his<br />

personal integrity: the president was averse to nepotism. But the case had<br />

more interesting facets. The corruption concerned thousands of farmers<br />

who had been injured by public misconduct after the obligatory planting<br />

of sugar cane. By accepting their legitimate complaints, the authorities<br />

hoped to collect on their own claims for outstanding debts for agricultural<br />

credits among those farmers. Because the whole campaign was conducted<br />

by the security forces, soldiers could be used to enforce the claim for<br />

repayment.<br />

The closed nature of the campaign (only selective publicity was<br />

allowed or was consciously encouraged) led to the situation where many<br />

internal conflicts, which were not directly related to corruption, were<br />

raised in an anonymous way. This resulted in an enormous increase in the<br />

mutual distrust within the government services, which had a paralysing<br />

effect on the execution of tasks. This development was not without political<br />

danger. Charges could now be brought against anyone on the basis of<br />

‘anonymous information’ through the ‘post-box’. In addition, the exposure<br />

of too many cases of corruption could harm the political legitimacy of the<br />

87


New Order, although this campaign was intended to increase the political<br />

legitimacy. The security service saw to it that the publicity surrounding the<br />

Opstib campaign was dosed ‘correctly’ and was mainly used to drive back<br />

the opposition to Suharto’s policy within the apparatus of government. In<br />

this way Suharto increased the effectiveness of the implementation of<br />

programmes through his right-hand man, Admiral Sudomo, because virtually<br />

no official dared risk being accused of ‘obstruction’ if the goals of<br />

the programmes were not achieved. In addition, Suharto managed to consolidate<br />

his position of authority within GOLKAR, which is the only important<br />

political organization alongside the army. Because the Opstib<br />

structure was restricted to internal procedures of control, the long-term<br />

objective of a ‘clean bureaucracy’ was not achieved.<br />

The short-term objective was achieved in the sense that Suharto was<br />

re-appointed in March 1978 by acclamation. In this way he succeeded in<br />

enforcing his political legitimacy. This did not imply that the population<br />

had already more confidence in the ‘clean’ operation of the bureaucracy.<br />

However the campaign did achieve this within two to three years. The<br />

effectiveness in the implementation of the construction programmes was<br />

increased, because of the fear by civil servants that they would be accused<br />

of corruption. ‘Over-asking’ in the system of incentives did not occur for<br />

some time. However, the long-term objective was not achieved partly due<br />

to the fact that the campaign ended shortly after Suharto’s re-appointment<br />

in 1978. Without ever being terminated officially, it was hardly ever again<br />

mentioned after 1978.<br />

3.4 Public-private-partnership as an instrument within the principalagent<br />

model 10<br />

In the mid-eighties the IGGI/Worldbank gained a firmer grip on the direction<br />

of economic development in Indonesia. The dramatic drop in the oil<br />

price from US$ 36/barrel to US$ 9/barrel in January 1986 meant that the<br />

Suharto government became much more dependant on international financial<br />

support. This support was raised from an annual average of US$ 3<br />

billion in the early eighties to around US$ 5 billion from 1986. This<br />

increase was however more or less conditional on a structural adjustment<br />

of the Indonesian economy, ‘dictated’ by the IMF and the Worldbank, to<br />

meet the demands of the world economy: export-oriented industrialisation<br />

instead of an industrial policy geared to import-substitution and protectionism.<br />

One of the most important characteristics of these SAPs (structural<br />

88


adjustment programmes) is an ‘insistence’ on a larger role for the freemarket,<br />

meaning deregulation. Deregulation has the effect that the role of<br />

the state, the public sector, is pushed back in favour of the private sector.<br />

Deregulation primarily aims at increasing economic efficiency, but alongside,<br />

albeit more implicitly, it is expected that the political-economic<br />

power base of the ruling elite will decrease, enabling a process of<br />

democratisation.<br />

Under the increased influence of the IMF/Worldbank, the Suharto<br />

government had to issue a package of measures every six months from the<br />

mid-eighties. This package was aimed at the deregulation, the debureaucratisation<br />

and the decentralisation of the administration. In Indonesia<br />

these regular administrative measures were generally referred to as ‘Paket-<br />

De’. Two important groups of actors within the political-economic system<br />

of the New Order experienced direct disadvantages from these measures.<br />

The military, who still had at their disposal economic sources of power<br />

such as state enterprises, lost their non-budgetary incomes. And the many<br />

civil servants within departments containing certain state enterprises, or<br />

officials who had the competencies to sign contracts, saw their financial<br />

means of power decline dramatically. 11<br />

However, the Suharto government managed to protect its own economic<br />

sources effectively as well as those of the First Family and of those<br />

belonging to the inner-circle of the New Order, by including a list of<br />

exemptions in each of the ‘Paket-De’ measures. In 1989 Habibie made<br />

sure that his High Tech industrialisation policy was effectively protected<br />

against attempts at privatisation. He achieved this by putting ten large<br />

strategic enterprises, such as his aircraft company IPTN, under the aegis of<br />

BPIS, a special agency for the development of strategic industries. BPIS<br />

was subsequently safeguarded against any further interference from the<br />

department of finances by presidential decree.<br />

This protection of his own economic interests, although carried out<br />

legally, directly damaged the political legitimacy of the New Order. Important<br />

pillars of this New Order saw their own positions being undermined,<br />

while the elite around the president profited by this internationally<br />

imposed policy. This elite not only maintained, but also succeeded in<br />

extending, its privileged economic positions, since other actors in the<br />

private market faced financial shortages as a result of the deregulation<br />

measures. With extra means, this elite presented itself, when they thought<br />

it lucrative, as a ‘private individual’ in the free-market in order to enhance<br />

the economic development in accordance with the privatisation policy. As<br />

89


part of this policy a public-private-partnership was recommended by the<br />

IMF/Worldbank. In practice the minister of finances, Sumarlin, an ardent<br />

supporter of the deregulatory policy, felt obliged to slow down the privatisation<br />

process in 1992, because it caused a direct enforcement of the<br />

political-economic power of the ruling elite. At the national level this<br />

‘devious adaptation’ by the elite to the imposed process of transformation<br />

into an open-market economy resulted in political discontent. This severely<br />

harmed the political legitimacy of the Suharto government. The problem<br />

for the opposition was that the practice of ‘adaptation’ took place almost<br />

entirely within the existing legislation, although those rules were not<br />

drawn up for that purpose. In order to correct this ‘interpretation’ of the<br />

legislation, technical improvements in the management and especially<br />

political-social institutions would have to be developed, which would<br />

create a real counterbalance to the ruling elite. The propagation of such<br />

institutions has such political consequences that international bodies such<br />

as the IMF and the Worldbank could never publicly encourage it. 12 However,<br />

they can try to support those programmes implicitly. These programmes<br />

could potentially enhance the position of large groups of traders<br />

vis-à-vis the public sector.<br />

The collapse of oil prices in 1986 resulted in a dramatic cut of 35%<br />

in expenditure by the department of public works. Many large infrastructural<br />

projects had to be cancelled and so the possibility of ‘creaming off’<br />

decreased significantly. The Worldbank seemed to give some solace, however,<br />

by offering a programme worth many millions of dollars. One condition<br />

attached was that the money from these programmes would be used<br />

in a decentralised way, i.e. on the basis of the competencies of lower<br />

administrative levels, and directed at infrastructural urban development<br />

programmes, in which the private sector would play an important role.<br />

In the literature, the IUIDP, Integrated Urban Infrastructure Development<br />

Programme, is considered as a programme that can meet those implicit<br />

objectives. This programme is entirely based on ideas and experiences<br />

gained in the USA and West European countries. It is anticipated that the<br />

government budget can be reduced, and at the same time that efficiency<br />

will be increased by using private partners. However, within Western<br />

democratic societies these private partners have an equal, and largely<br />

independent, position. If new modalities for the implementation of projects,<br />

including the financial involvement of private individuals, are based<br />

on this Western perspective, without sufficiently considering that these<br />

new modalities are being applied within a different political-economic<br />

90


framework, the contrary may happen to what is expected and efficiency<br />

may fall. Instead of a ‘disconnection’ of the public sector from the economy,<br />

a stronger involvement may occur that will increase the grey area<br />

between mine and yours. An important group of the pribumi-traders are<br />

organized within a professional body controlled by the government, the<br />

KADIN, or Chamber of Commerce and Industry. Many of the new publicprivate-partnerships<br />

are initiated through such networks, in which the<br />

‘private partner’ has hardly an independent position.<br />

4. Conclusions<br />

The cases above show that the criticism of corruption in each case, in<br />

relation to the political-economic position of the ruling elite, is voiced by<br />

different actors and stems from different motives. Partly as a result of the<br />

‘dictation by the IMF/Worldbank’, i.e. the imposing of the ‘Paket-De’ in<br />

the mid-eighties, two important groups within the political-economic system<br />

of the New Order saw their lucrative positions undermined. It is that<br />

very policy that has actually reinforced the position of the ruling elite<br />

around the president. The increasing discernment of this growing gap<br />

within the system is expressed by the use of the theme of corruption as a<br />

spearhead to criticise the elite.<br />

In relation to legitimacy a clear distinction has to be made as to what<br />

extent the criticism stems from a feeling by traders, licence-holders and<br />

managers of being slighted, or stems from a more fundamental criticism of<br />

the direction of the policy. Criticisms in the first category, do not directly<br />

form a threat to the political and economic legitimacy: the elite can selectively<br />

silence the largest critics by sharing with them the access to certain<br />

economic sources. The second category of criticism does form a potential<br />

threat to the political-economic legitimacy of the Suharto government<br />

which associated itself so clearly with Habibie’s strategy with the composition<br />

of the Sixth Development Cabinet in 1993. Thus, processes of corruption<br />

linked to Habibie’s policy are a direct attack on the position of the<br />

president within Indonesian relationships. The fact that in 1994 the administrative<br />

court (established in 1985) was called in regularly to tackle<br />

‘large’ corruption, could mean that the opponents of Suharto’s and<br />

Habibie’s policy are trying to attack the political-economic legitimacy of<br />

that policy by focusing on the legal dimension of legitimacy. The case<br />

where ‘the palace’ succeeded in dismissing the complaint shows that the<br />

91


instrument of the administrative court is not yet powerful enough to make<br />

actual corrections. The large publicity surrounding the lawsuit did have the<br />

effect, though, that the political legitimacy was seriously harmed, within<br />

the standards of the New Order.<br />

If the opposition wants to continue using the juridical instrument in<br />

their struggle for power, political institutional changes will have to be<br />

made. Changes, which have to be aimed at more transparency of administration.<br />

Transparency of administration increases, in itself, the legal dimension<br />

of legitimacy of the New Order, but also forms a direct threat to the<br />

way in which the political-economic power of the ruling elite is consolidated<br />

and even enlarged within the New Order. From the perspective of<br />

the elite, every serious attempt to use the juridical instrument therefore<br />

forms a direct challenge to its position of power. This position of power is<br />

not based on a ‘clean bureaucracy’, but on an effective government apparatus,<br />

including an adequate military power. The ruling elite achieves its<br />

economic objectives without new elite groups being yet able to join the<br />

centre of power. This elite is therefore not interested in increasing efficiency<br />

by introducing mechanisms of control (transaction costs), unless<br />

they are forced to do so because of a lack of sufficient financial sources to<br />

be used according to their own view.<br />

Notes<br />

1. As mentioned in chapter 1.<br />

2. Wertheim: ‘His difficulties and clashes (referring to Eduard Douwes Dekker<br />

- the author) ... were partly due to the tension between a still predominantly<br />

patrimonial-bureaucratic indigenous substructure and a modern-bureaucratic<br />

European superstructure imbued with a new sense of values which<br />

was only slowly beginning to permeate that superstructure’ (1964, p.116).<br />

3. Furnivall, J.S., Colonial Policy and Practice: A comparative Study of Burma<br />

and Netherlands India, New York, 1956. Quoted in Wertheim, 1964, p.119.<br />

4. The consideration mentioned below has been adopted from among others<br />

Wertheim (1964); Benda (1966); Schulte Nordholt (1968); Sutherland<br />

(1973); and Fasseur (1993).<br />

5. Scott mentions that in communities in a transitional stage, legislation still<br />

does not offer a good starting point for groups of people to air their interests.<br />

Instead they use their influence during the implementation - by means<br />

of corruption. As the transformation process progresses however, possibilities<br />

arise to influence directly the legislation, through pressure group poli-<br />

92


tics (1970, p.549). This is exactly what happened during the last decade of<br />

the colonial government and what has also recently occurred in Indonesia<br />

(see cases 3.2 and 3.4.).<br />

6. Smith confirms this idea in a study into corruption among civil servants in<br />

Indonesia: ‘they could not change their behaviour unless the casual circumstances<br />

(including low pay) were ameliorated’ (1989, pp.423-440).<br />

7. From the time when Suharto was a division-commander in Central Java in<br />

the mid-fifties, he has kept close contact with the businessman Liem Sioe<br />

Liong. This cooperation has been beneficial to both: Suharto’s family fortune<br />

is estimated in Jakarta to be a multiple of the US$ 10 billion of the late<br />

president Marcos, and for years Liem has been on the official list of the ten<br />

wealthiest people in the world.<br />

8. See Bastin et al., 1993, pp.440-446.<br />

9. Compare Wood, who considers corruption as a ‘special case of rent-seeking’,<br />

and subsequently wonders: ‘Why does this rent-seeking happen in some<br />

societies more than in others?’ (1992, p.12). According to Wood the answer<br />

can be found in the opportunities people have to offer goods and services<br />

without state intervention (‘opportunities for exit’). The more monopolistic a<br />

society has been organized, the less choice the people have to apply to other<br />

sources of prosperity, resulting in an increase of rent-seeking (read: corruption).<br />

10. This case is based on the following literature: Schiller (1992); Schulte Nordholt<br />

(1993) and Bastin (1994).<br />

11. See among others Braadbaart (Chapter 5).<br />

12. See Schulte Nordholt, 1995. This problem shows that the break in development<br />

aid between the Netherlands and Indonesia in March of 1992 was<br />

partly a result of such an attempt by Minister Pronk to influence in his function<br />

as chairman of the IGGI during a working visit to Indonesia in June<br />

1991.<br />

93


5. <strong>Corruption</strong> in Indonesian Public Tendering<br />

Okke Braadbaart<br />

1. Introduction<br />

Sociologists, political scientists, and anthropologists turned their attention<br />

to bureaucratic corruption in developing countries in the late 1950s. In the<br />

subsequent two decades an effort was made to define, categorize, and<br />

explain corruption in the context of socio-economic development. Major<br />

efforts were made in two directions. In the first place, an attempt was<br />

made to free the study of corruption from normative judgements. In this<br />

vein a number of authors, noting the top-heavy and inappropriate legal<br />

framework in many developing countries, argued that society might actually<br />

benefit from corruption: corrupt officials expedited lengthy procedures<br />

by rerouting applications around flawed legal structures. In the second<br />

place, the study of developing country administration was cast in the<br />

mould of the, then popular, modernization theory. A historical-sociological<br />

‘stages theory’ of bureaucratic corruption in developing countries was put<br />

forward, explaining corruption as an expression of tribal or feudal<br />

loyalties. These archaic loyalties, tying an individual to family or tribe,<br />

would in time give way to an allegiance to the state. 1<br />

None of the arguments put forward provided workable solutions to<br />

the problem of corruption. 2 The disillusioned who argued that corruption<br />

was a good thing offered no more than an apology and a nonsolution. The<br />

moralists, with their zero tolerance of corruption, offered a vision of the<br />

unattainable. The historical-sociological or ‘Weberian’ line offered no<br />

solution either. This literature reflected an interventionist mood, with the<br />

preferred mix of market and state regulation strongly biased favour of the<br />

latter. <strong>Corruption</strong>, rampant in many developing countries, was seen not as<br />

part of a permanent, and to some extent unavoidable, problem of government<br />

failure, but as a temporary problem that would vanish as soon as the<br />

proper laws and an ethic of ‘public service’ were in place. The Weberians<br />

seriously underestimated the difficulty of writing workable sets of rules,<br />

regulations, and task descriptions; the problem of setting up and maintaining<br />

functioning systems for supervising the actions of public officials and<br />

making them accountable for their acts; and the delicate balancing and<br />

continuous tinkering with penalties, rewards, and moral incentives, tailor-<br />

95


made to a variety of tasks, required to maintain an effective system of<br />

administration. Rather, by couching the analysis of corruption in abstract<br />

terms of law, ethics, cultural behaviour, and long-term societal change,<br />

they drew attention away from the everyday business of public administration.<br />

An emphasis on moral incentives (esprit de corps) was not<br />

counterbalanced by a straightforward analysis of the economic incentives<br />

and penalties facing individual officials. It was ignored that the running of<br />

an efficient bureaucracy required a complex system of moral, pecuniary<br />

and status-related incentives and adequate performance monitoring. In<br />

sum, the Weberian perspective on corruption tended to ignore day-to-day<br />

problems of administration. 3<br />

A more balanced view emerged in the 1970s when development<br />

theory underwent a critical re-examination. This re-orientation was caused<br />

by the pervasiveness of ‘government failure’ in general, the pronounced<br />

failure of central planning regimes in particular, as well as by the example<br />

set by a number of East Asian countries who had achieved rapid economic<br />

growth through an innovative use of market-conforming governance mechanisms.<br />

In academia these developments led to an upsurge of polemic neoliberalism<br />

which in its turn provoked sharp responses. Much more important<br />

than this debate, which involved a good deal of disciplinary sectarianism,<br />

was the realization that both state (‘command-and-control’) and market<br />

solutions to administrative issues had their peculiar strengths and<br />

shortcomings. This line of attack produced much literature on how to<br />

enforce regulations at the ‘street level’ (Bardach & Kagan, 1982; Braadbaart<br />

forthcoming; Dimento, 1986). It also produced new perspectives on<br />

bureaucratic corruption (Klitgaard, 1988, 1989, 1991; Rose-Ackerman,<br />

1978, 1987; Bakker, this volume; Wade, 1985). A key difference between<br />

the ‘old’ and the ‘new’ corruption and development analysis was that the<br />

earlier literature had assumed the perspective of a developed country<br />

observer. The new approach differed in that it attempted to explain concrete<br />

cases of bureaucratic corruption in terms of the situational incentives<br />

and constraints facing administrators. Put differently, rather than assuming<br />

the onlooker’s viewpoint it started from the perspective of the developing<br />

country administrator. 4<br />

This paper attempts to contribute to the new corruption analysis. It<br />

presents an anthropological account of public tendering in Indonesia, an<br />

analysis of fraudulent tendering procedures, as well as some suggestions as<br />

to how illegal practices in tendering might be reduced. It argues that:<br />

96


i) in general, any tendering party, procuring a non-standard product,<br />

will face a trade-off between the ‘price’ and ‘quality’ aspects of competition.<br />

There is an inherent tension between the objective of procuring services<br />

cheaply, from one of a set of competing private firms, through an<br />

auction mechanism, and the objective of guaranteeing that the product<br />

subsequently delivered will meet quality standards. Quality monitoring<br />

problems are especially marked in building construction and civil engineering,<br />

where contractors have ample opportunities for tampering with the<br />

quality of the product or service they supply.<br />

In order to reduce this quality uncertainty, tendering parties often<br />

replace an ‘open auction’ situation with closed shop-type arrangements<br />

(short-listing), or dyadic long-term relationships with a single supplier<br />

(relational contracting). In other words, problems create a natural tendency<br />

to move away from the price-competitive ideal of anonymous tendering<br />

and towards close cooperation with one or a few bidders.<br />

ii) political legitimacy and economic efficiency make conflicting<br />

demands upon political leaders. Any government faces the dilemma that it<br />

must uphold the norm of anonymous tendering vis-a-vis the public<br />

although tendering practice often diverges from this norm, and even<br />

though non-anonymous tendering may, in terms of cost effectiveness and<br />

expediency, even be a superior arrangement for procuring goods and services.<br />

iii) in the Indonesian context, the natural inclination of tenderers to<br />

‘conspire’ with a bidding firm is reinforced by several circumstances,<br />

which create pervasive corruption. The officials appointed to the tendering<br />

committees of state-owned firms act as ‘agents’ of the state. For a variety<br />

of reasons their interests and preferences do not run parallel with those of<br />

the public. Officials are underpaid and therefore forced to generate<br />

additional income. 5 The Indonesian public sector is characterized by lax<br />

monitoring and chaotic financial administration. Illegal self-enrichment is<br />

institutionalized from the highest level down through the ranks.<br />

iv) the Indonesian government has taken a number of initiatives to<br />

deal with the kickback problem in Indonesian public tendering. Unfortunately,<br />

cross-agency controls and checking mechanisms are weakly developed,<br />

with every department and body acting more or less as a self-contained<br />

unit. This self-containment of public agencies forecloses on the<br />

possibility of attempts at outside control producing results.<br />

The discussion that follows is based on data I collected in interviews<br />

with business people and government officials in Indonesia in 1989-1992.<br />

97


The reader will understand that, given the illegal nature of bureaucratic<br />

corruption, research into this issue will generally fail to meet the empirical<br />

standards ordinarily demanded of scientific research. I think that I do not<br />

exaggerate by stating that the only realistic point of departure for this kind<br />

of research work is that ‘any evidence is better than no evidence at all.’<br />

To my mind this attitude is to be preferred to a rigorous clinging to common<br />

scientific standards, which would force us to ignore this important<br />

field of government-business interactions altogether.<br />

I have organized my material as follows. The following two sections<br />

outline the basic principles of tendering and the workings of the parallel<br />

market. The fourth section provide an overview of the size and structure<br />

of the Indonesian market in civil engineering. A fifth section discusses<br />

Indonesian-Dutch aid-tied contracts. In the sixth section I examine the<br />

illegal practices behind the edifice of Indonesian Public Works tendering.<br />

The following section investigates procurement of railroad equipment by<br />

the Indonesian National Railways. The final section discusses possible<br />

measures for combating the kickback phenomenon in Indonesian public<br />

tendering.<br />

2. Public Tendering: Principle and Practice<br />

Public tendering is a much used method by which governments procure<br />

services from private firms. Its principle is that of the auction. The procuring<br />

agency invites private firms to bid on a certain project (a feasibility<br />

study, survey work, the construction of a bridge or a hospital, the supply<br />

of railroad equipment, and so on), providing details on the work to be<br />

done and the qualifications required from bidders. Two basic variants<br />

exist. Open tendering procedures, where a public agency invites all interested<br />

parties to issue a bid. And short-listing, in which a select number of<br />

contractors are invited to join the bidding.<br />

Why rely on public tendering? It is easy to see that, from the point of<br />

view of the procuring agency, tendering has certain advantages over a<br />

series of one-on-one negotiations with potential contractors. Firstly, public<br />

announcements stimulate competition among bidders and so maximizes the<br />

chance that the project will be contracted out at the lowest price. Procuring<br />

agencies may intensify the rivalry by using sealed-bid tendering, where<br />

subscribing contractors hand in their bids without knowing the offers from<br />

the competition. Additionally, the procuring agency need not put much<br />

98


effort into collecting information on the going prices, since the various<br />

bids made by the competing firms, participating in the auction, will provide<br />

it with the necessary information. Tendering is particularly common<br />

in civil engineering. Because every civil engineering project is, to a certain<br />

extent, unique, the person or organization commissioning a project is often<br />

uncertain about its price tag. Tendering allows one to collect ‘free’ price<br />

information from the most knowledgeable actors, that is, the various firms<br />

in the industry.<br />

Tendering also has its drawbacks. One drawback is that tendering<br />

firms may conspire to push up prices and allow cartel members to ‘win’<br />

the auction in turn. In some cases, for example in the Dutch construction<br />

industry, the government even officially tolerates such cartels with the<br />

argument that they protect contractors from cut-throat competition (Groenewegen,<br />

1994; Van Waarden, 1987). Another disadvantage to tendering is<br />

that fierce competition may induce firms to enter bids below cost price.<br />

They may do so consciously to capture or maintain market share, or they<br />

anticipate that the contract price will be adjusted upwards during project<br />

execution. Even worse, they may try to break even by cutting corners on<br />

quality: the nature of many civil works is such that building contractors<br />

enjoy considerable scope for altering the quality of building materials and<br />

design without being discovered.<br />

In other words, there is a certain risk involved in strict adherence to<br />

the principle of granting the job to the lowest bidder, especially when the<br />

winner is a firm with no track record. Short-listing is one way of dealing<br />

with the quality problem. In practice a tendering agency may go one step<br />

further and grant projects to a favoured firm on a routine basis, inviting<br />

bids from one or two contenders only to check price levels. In effect, the<br />

favoured firm will then have captured the market.<br />

3. Parallel Markets: The Kickback Factor<br />

Various considerations, then, underlie the decision to award a specific firm<br />

with a contract. In the Indonesian context, this decision making process is<br />

complicated by the existence of a black market parallel to the official<br />

tendering market. In the parallel market tendering firms vie for the support<br />

of agents sitting on tendering committees: they offer them bribes, known<br />

as ‘kickbacks’ in the form of money or presents (consumer durables, holiday<br />

trips, etc.) so hoping to secure their support. 6 Consider an Indonesian<br />

99


tendering committee responsible for the procurement of equipment for a<br />

public firm. The committee will quite often face the choice between an<br />

unknown firm that may or may not turn out to be the superior option and<br />

a, perhaps not-so-cheap, tenderer with a good track record. Under the<br />

existent system of weak monitoring, parallel market transactions have a<br />

decisive influence.<br />

Tendering committee members can overrule price considerations by<br />

ruling an underbidding contender out of the game on procedural grounds:<br />

they may claim that the firm does not meet all the technical requirements,<br />

or has failed to register properly. Aware of this, favoured firms may<br />

attempt to secure the official market with a flow of bribes across the parallel<br />

market. Newcomers will similarly try to break into the market with<br />

lavish illegal donations. Kickbacks therefore cement long-term relationships,<br />

but may also swing the scales in favour of a new competitor.<br />

The latter consideration indicates that winning a tender in a corrupt<br />

market is not simply a matter of ‘paying more bribes than the competition’.<br />

Bidders resort to two strategies to forestall competitive bidding<br />

games in parallel markets. For one, bidders may collude and engage in<br />

price fixing, taking turns in ‘winning’ the contest. For another they attempt<br />

to deny potential competitors access to the market. The firms that<br />

are ‘in’ will do their utmost to conceal, the existence of the market itself,<br />

information on tendering procedures and time schedules, access routes to<br />

committee members, and so on, from potential rivals.<br />

4. Political <strong>Legitimacy</strong> and Economic Efficiency<br />

Governments must publicly uphold the principle of anonymous tendering<br />

as the public associate the latter with fair competition and procurement at<br />

minimum cost. Even though they may know that tendering practice is<br />

different, political leaders must categorically deny that any divergence<br />

from the norm is tolerable: any hint of deviance will immediately raise<br />

suspicions that the government is hostage to business interests, that officials<br />

reap extra-legal benefits by treating certain firms favourably, and<br />

that tax-payers are paying more than they should for publicly tendered<br />

projects. Political impression management therefore dictates that political<br />

leaders should publicly embrace the principle of open anonymous tendering<br />

and condemn relational contracting practices as corrupt. Administrative<br />

practice is of course different: first, because a Public Works minister can-<br />

100


not control all the actions of their underlings; secondly, because tendering<br />

committee members may find ‘personalized’ but illegal forms of procurement<br />

much more convenient than following formal procedures; and thirdly,<br />

because non-anonymous commissioning may simply be more efficient<br />

as regards both time and money.<br />

Government cannot possibly monitor all the details of the tendering<br />

methods practiced by the scores of public agencies under its command.<br />

Tendering committee members have considerable leeway in arranging<br />

tenders and can omit information on personalized deal-making from official<br />

documents. Informal codes may play an important role in day-to-day<br />

procurement practice. In other words, a considerable gap exists between<br />

rules and reality. A fundamental dilemma arises when the tax-paying public<br />

actually benefits from the fact that tendering committees deviate from<br />

the norm of open competition. Political legitimacy clashes with economic<br />

efficiency when non-anonymous tendering is a more efficient way of<br />

commissioning public funds. Direct commissioning does away with the<br />

need of organizing a costly auction; it minimizes the possibility of ex ante<br />

opportunism; relational contracting reduces the risk that the winning firm<br />

fails to execute its contract satisfactorily; a firm with a long-term stake in<br />

public projects may devote more attention to quality, and so on.<br />

In sum, the ambiguous relationship between ‘winner-picking’ method<br />

and economic efficiency, coupled with the political demands placed upon<br />

political leaders, creates a divergence between rules and the reality in<br />

public tendering. It also gives rise to a dilemma between legitimacy and<br />

economic efficiency. Finally, the politically sensitivity of the issue, even<br />

when corruption does not come into play, presents a major obstacle to the<br />

systematic study of public procurement.<br />

5. The Indonesian Civil Engineering Market<br />

In this section we turn to the empirical evidence. The Indonesian civil<br />

engineering and construction market consists of two segments. A ‘dollar’<br />

segment in which large foreign and local building contractors and engineering<br />

firms vie for consultancies and projects. And a ‘Rupiah’ segment<br />

reserved for local firms. Entry into the dollar segment is restricted. The<br />

sheer magnitude of projects in this category, and the problem of organizing<br />

financial back-up, can only be handled by large well-reputed firms.<br />

Foreign firms enter the picture for two reasons. For one, they supply tech-<br />

101


nological expertise that Indonesian firms do not possess. For another, they<br />

are often attached to public projects financed with the help of foreign aid.<br />

Figure 1 illustrates the basic structure of the Indonesian civil engineering<br />

market. Bridges, toll-roads; and in the building construction sector, shopping<br />

centres and other large property development schemes are built by<br />

foreign firms in conjunction with leading Indonesian contractors and engineering<br />

firms. Small local firms construct roads, ducts, housing, etc. on a<br />

smaller scale and carry out survey and other work for leading firms on a<br />

subcontractual basis.<br />

Figure 1: The Indonesian Market for Civil Engineering Works<br />

102


From an international perspective, civil engineering firms, based in<br />

OECD countries, are engaged in global competition for international projects<br />

tendered in Indonesia and elsewhere. Table 1 gives an idea of the<br />

size of this market. The Table records contracts won by the global top-200<br />

engineering firms in the major developing areas between 1983 and 1988.<br />

Apart from indicating aggregate size, it also shows that in the course of<br />

the decade Asia displaced the Middle East as the leading market for engineering<br />

consultancy work and contracting.<br />

Table 1: Distribution of International Engineering Projects by Developing<br />

Region, 1983-1988<br />

Region Aggregate value of contracts (in US$ million)<br />

1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988<br />

Middle East 1,341.5 1,118.1 974.1 907.2 742.3 808.7<br />

Asia 822.9 804.1 919.0 982.9 1,133.6 1,152.8<br />

Africa 816.7 781.5 792.0 855.3 948.6 824.1<br />

Latin America 374.2 276.8 455.5 320.6 434.8 322.3<br />

Source: Hoebink & Schulpen (1990)<br />

Projects financed with bilateral and multilateral aid constituted a<br />

sizeable component of this international market. One fifth of all bilateral<br />

commitments by DAC members and 31% of all World Bank aid in 1991<br />

was granted for investments in transport and telecommunication, energy<br />

and other economic infrastructure projects. Substantial amounts of aid also<br />

went to sanitation. Indonesia, among other countries, was a major recipient<br />

of this form of aid. Aggregate net disbursements of bilateral and multilateral<br />

aid to Indonesia fluctuated between US$ 1.7 and 2.1 billion<br />

between 1989 and 1992 (Love, 1993, p.204).<br />

Competition in the market for aid-connected projects is organized on<br />

a country-by country basis. This is due to the fact that much of the bilateral<br />

aid granted by DAC countries takes the form of ‘tied aid’, asis<br />

shown by Table 2. Donor countries use various constructions to tie their<br />

aid, but will invariably require that the recipient procures commodities and<br />

services from firms located in the donor country (Stokke, 1984, p.38).<br />

103


Table 2: Bilateral Tied Aid commitments<br />

DAC Countries, Average 1989-91<br />

Country Total Tied Aid<br />

Commitment<br />

($million)<br />

Tied Aid As % of Total<br />

Bilateral Commitments<br />

United States 2,818 19.0<br />

France 2,631 41.6<br />

Japan 2,181 20.9<br />

Italy 1,771 65.2<br />

Germany 1,381 25.2<br />

United Kingdom 700 31.4<br />

Canada 502 27.4<br />

Sweden 478 30.5<br />

Finland 374 52.9<br />

Netherlands 371 19.8<br />

Switzerland 329 44.7<br />

Australia 255 42.4<br />

Austria 230 55.5<br />

Denmark 229 39.4<br />

Norway 143 23.2<br />

DAC Total 14,391 27.8<br />

6. Dutch Bilateral Aid-Tying<br />

Source: Love (1993, p.96)<br />

The evidence marshalled in a 1990 internal evaluation of Dutch bilateral<br />

aid by the Directorate General for Development Cooperation allows us to<br />

see behind these aggregate figures. Table 3, first of all, provides an over-<br />

104


view of projects undertaken in Indonesia by Dutch engineering firms as<br />

part of the ‘trade-cum-aid’ connection. The organizations involved in these<br />

projects included private manufacturing firms such as Philips, Fokker, and<br />

the machinery builder Stork; private engineering firms such as Euroconsult<br />

and DHV; and research institutes such as the Delft Waterloopkundig Laboratorium.<br />

By what process were Dutch firms selected to carry out these projects?<br />

The evaluation offers some interesting evidence on this subject. Of<br />

136 projects carried out in a variety of countries, about half were directly<br />

commissioned to a contractor, one-third were contracted out on an open<br />

international tender, and the short-listing procedure was used for 15 percent<br />

of the projects (see Table 4). Direct commissioning (Dutch: ‘gunning<br />

uit de hand’) was therefore the most frequent means of allocating projects.<br />

In other words relational contracting rather than anonymous tendering was<br />

the predominant arrangement.<br />

Table 3: Dutch Aid-Financed Engineering Projects in Indonesia,<br />

1980-1988<br />

Sector Number of Transaction<br />

projects (x ƒ mi.)<br />

Telecomm. equipment 8 260.6<br />

Railroad equipment 3 80.4<br />

Shipping 8 382.7<br />

Powerstation 1 12.9<br />

Road traffic infrastr. 2 127.0<br />

Sanitation 1 32.7<br />

Aviation equipment 5 106.2<br />

Total 29 1,002.5<br />

Source: Hulp of Handel (1990, pp.222-223)<br />

105


Table 4: Tendering Procedures of Dutch Source-Tied Development<br />

Aid Projects<br />

Procedure Number of projects Share<br />

Open international tender 45 33%<br />

Short-listing 21 15%<br />

Direct allotment 70 52%<br />

Total 136 100%<br />

Source: Hulp of Handel (1990, p.109)<br />

Why did relational contracting dominate this market? On the basis of my<br />

observations I conclude that, rather than being prompted by quality considerations,<br />

in this case the tendency for personalized contracting was a<br />

way of dealing with informational imperfections. The Dutch firms responsible<br />

for project execution played a key role in overcoming market failure<br />

in bilateral Dutch-Indonesian relations. Their role as information carriers,<br />

rather than as neutral suppliers of engineering expertise, cannot be overestimated.<br />

As classic brokers, they operated between the donor and recipient<br />

governments, keeping Indonesian counterparts such as the Public<br />

Works Department posted on what was required, in terms of priorities<br />

tagged to funds and formal application procedures, in order to be eligible<br />

for project aid.<br />

Although it is not clear to what extent Dutch firms in this market<br />

relied on bribery to cement relationships with local counterpart agencies, I<br />

am inclined to think that only a minority wielded the kickback weapon on<br />

a routine basis. A good example of the latter category that I encountered<br />

in the field was that of a Dutch supplier of machinery who allegedly won<br />

a succession of Indonesian international tenders for training equipment<br />

worth several hundred million guilders, by ‘entertaining’ a network of key<br />

officials from various Indonesian departments. In most cases, however,<br />

there appeared to be no compelling reason for tying an Indonesian<br />

counterpart agency through bribes and gifts. The prevalent ‘direct commissioning’<br />

arrangement appeared to be a solution to market failure rather<br />

than an indicator of corruption. From the start, any effort to obtain a<br />

106


Dutch aid funded project required a joint venture between one particular<br />

Dutch firm and one particular Indonesian counterpart agency. These partners<br />

would have to cooperate closely in pushing the project proposal<br />

through the administrative pipe-line. The Indonesian counterpart relied<br />

heavily on its Dutch partner, who possessed the valuable knowledge on<br />

the location of possible sources of project money within the Dutch administrative<br />

system. The Dutch firm likewise depended on its Indonesian partner,<br />

given the formal Dutch requirement that requests for aid have to be<br />

initiated by the government of the recipient country. It is important to note<br />

that such partnerships were often formed in the course of a series of projects<br />

rather than in a one-off venture. Finally, the Indonesian counterparts<br />

would generally be able to reap ample financial rewards ‘officially’, that<br />

is, through formal assignments in the project during its execution. These<br />

rewards obviated the need for bribery.<br />

7. The Bidder’s Perspective: Winning and Losing Public Works<br />

Tenders<br />

The headquarters of the Kail Company is in Jakarta. Its founder became<br />

acquainted with the future president Soeharto in the 1940s when both<br />

fought on the same side in winning national independence. This relationship<br />

became a business asset in the 1970s when the Kail Company became<br />

involved as an agricultural machinery supplier in a series of rural development<br />

projects initiated by the president. In the following decade they shifted<br />

their focus to Public Works where they gained a succession of large<br />

projects on the basis of their political connections and a growing technical<br />

competence in mechanical engineering. Kail Company dealt with the Public<br />

Works tendering committees on a routine basis:<br />

We work on a job order basis, mostly for the government, Public<br />

Works and the like. Private companies go for Japanese imports rather<br />

than use our products. In fact for tailor-made jobs going on tender we<br />

can compete with the Japanese, but they are ahead of us in serial<br />

products.<br />

Kail Company thus had extensive experience in tendering for contracts.<br />

From the detailed information on tendering practice I obtained from one of<br />

the firm’s managers a number of tentative findings may be distilled.<br />

107


First, what determined the size of the kickback? My informant denied<br />

that kickback rates took the form of a fixed percentage of contract value,<br />

as I had expected. Rather, the amount of bribe money paid as a percentage<br />

of the value of the contract seemed to decrease with increasing contract<br />

size. I later managed to collect information on this issue from other<br />

sources which supported this finding. The total sum of bribes paid by a<br />

bidder seemed to be a result of two contradictory forces. On the one hand,<br />

with increasing contract size an increasing number of higher echelon officials<br />

were involved in the pay-off; this tended to drive up parallel market<br />

prices with increasing size of contract. On the other hand, officials accepted<br />

only a certain amount of bribe: this tended to drive the kickback percentage<br />

down. Officials only accepted as much money as they were able<br />

to launder without attracting unwelcome attention. The most commonly<br />

used laundering method by lower-echelon officials was conversion into<br />

consumer durables or real estate and education. One pensioned official<br />

operated a fleet of illegal taxis, another had bought each of his six children<br />

a house, a third had acquired a large piece of land on which he had a<br />

luxurious mansion built, a fourth sent his children overseas for study, and<br />

so on. Higher-placed administrators appeared to pursue the same strategy,<br />

albeit on a larger scale, but alongside also held foreign bank accounts and<br />

were widely rumoured to make substantial overseas investments, for example<br />

in the Singapore real estate market. Information on the latter category<br />

of officials was extremely difficult to obtain.<br />

Figure 2 gives a quantitative estimate of the relationship between size of<br />

kickback and magnitude of contract. It shows the scattergram of data<br />

points I managed to collect with a least squares line running through them.<br />

As may be seen, the regression line ascends steeply in the lower contract<br />

ranges and then flattens out with increasing size of contract, with kickbacks<br />

being on the order of 10 percent of the value of a small contract of,<br />

say, Rp. 100 million (US$50,000), and decreasing to about one percent for<br />

contracts over Rp. 10 billion ($5 million). It goes without saying that more<br />

evidence would be needed to test this hypothesized relationship.<br />

A second issue discussed was the actual procedure of negotiation in<br />

the parallel market. The degree of discipline of officials engaged in tendering<br />

procedures seems to vary considerably from one organization to<br />

another.<br />

108


Figure 2: Relationship Between Kickback and Size of Contract:<br />

Distance Weighted Least Squares Line<br />

In certain cases the parallel market was a free-for-all in which each official<br />

tried to squeeze bribes out of the tendering firms for himself. In<br />

other cases the tendering committee was a well-organized affair. My interviewee<br />

from a tendering company clearly preferred the latter situation:<br />

Sometimes we go crazy trying to divide the money. Then the department<br />

chief demands 10 percent for himself, but doesn’t want to take<br />

care of his underlings, of the team. We prefer a one-off deal, to hand<br />

over everything at once, we don’t want to know how they are going to<br />

divide it. The way things are now sometimes somebody starts com-<br />

109


plaining (afterwards) he hasn’t had his share. Sometimes the team<br />

cooperates, and they will have a certain formula worked out. When the<br />

chief is good he will distribute even shares among those involved.<br />

My informant also emphasized that his firm favoured an explicit business<br />

contract rather than a vague agreement in regard to the amount of money<br />

paid out over the parallel market:<br />

Sometimes they will say ‘just give me what you can spare’, and then we<br />

will give them a few hundred thousand Rupiah. But then we will also worry<br />

because maybe we won’t get a project again. At other times they ask an<br />

enormous amount of money. And when the chief is replaced, and his underlings<br />

along with him, the whole thing changes.<br />

Put differently, these statements suggest that bidding firms would prefer a<br />

well-organized parallel market with standard kickback rates over the undeveloped<br />

black market structure, with its low degree of price integration,<br />

presently prevailing. Furthermore, this interview confirmed that highechelon<br />

state officials took care to shield themselves from direct involvement<br />

in illegal transactions:<br />

The minister is never directly (involved), we meet him first and then<br />

he will say ‘o.k., you carry on with my assistant.’ Then later we will<br />

negotiate (the size of the kickback) with his underling.<br />

A third consideration is the effect that such illegal transactions have on the<br />

bidder’s chances of winning the tender. Buying the tendering committee’s<br />

support is no guarantee that the firm would win. Apparently, a committee<br />

is not free to assign the project to whichever firm it preferred; it has to<br />

stick to the rule of giving the contract to the lowest bidder. But there were<br />

ways of circumventing this rule. If the firm it supported was the second,<br />

or third, lowest bidder in a sealed-bid tender, the committee could secretly<br />

pass on the figure quoted by the lowest bidder, so the favoured firm could<br />

underbid the competition. Alternatively, the committee might throw underbidding<br />

firms out of the competition on administrative grounds:<br />

110<br />

The tendering committee will try to look for mistakes in A’s bid, for<br />

example his documents may not be complete.


It should be added here that a bidder can never be certain that it has not<br />

been secretly ‘outbribed’ by a competing bidder, so turning the tables.<br />

A final issue of interest is the enlisting of support from the clique<br />

surrounding the president. The president’s children are highly popular as<br />

business partners because they have easy access to projects through their<br />

connections in the palace, and also because high-ranking officials are<br />

simply afraid of refusing them anything. The president’s children therefore<br />

offer their services in a seller’s market, as it were, which is perhaps why<br />

they are known in Jakarta business circles as unreliable business partners:<br />

If you wish to do a joint venture with one of the president’s children,<br />

they will often take an advance payment. He will say: ‘Why don’t you<br />

give me 10 million now, you can cut that from my share later’, sowe<br />

don’t even have a project and he will already want a cash advance.<br />

Well, he will be very good at finding a project. But when we have<br />

made the killing, he will already be doing a joint venture with someone<br />

else. They will change partners all the time.<br />

8. Public Procurement of Machinery and Components: Rules and<br />

Reality<br />

The general picture of Indonesian public procurement of machinery, components<br />

and spare parts from local engineering firms is as follows. Firms<br />

wishing to enter their bids are required to register as a Listed Supplier<br />

(Indonesian ‘Rekanan’). Listed Suppliers are classified on the basis of size<br />

and compete in separate classes for orders of differing magnitude. This<br />

discrimination by size is how the large state-owned enterprises operationalize<br />

their political commitment to support small indigenous (non Sino-<br />

Indonesian) enterprises, with a quota of small job orders being reserved<br />

for the latter category of firms. In many instances, however, I found evidence<br />

that the procurement market was being held captive by one, or a<br />

number of, specialized brokers. These brokers, ostensibly owners of manufacturing<br />

firms but in fact possessing nothing but an office, a desk, a<br />

telephone and a fax machine plus a small storehouse, made it their business<br />

to win tenders and then putting these out to small engineering firms.<br />

Another area of broker specialization was the supply of foreign-made<br />

equipment and spare parts to state enterprises. Evidence which I was able<br />

to collect on procurement practice in the aircraft factory IPTN indicates<br />

that very large killings could be made in this line of business. Examples<br />

111


drawn from two areas, the procurement of railroad equipment, and the<br />

procurement of spare parts for the public-owned steel mill ‘Krakatau Steel’<br />

will provide illustrations.<br />

9. Railroad Equipment<br />

The national headquarters of the Indonesian Railways Company (Perusahaan<br />

Jawatan Kereta Api) are located in Bandung. The history of this<br />

organization in its present form goes back to 1950 when a unified national<br />

railroad company was formed. In the 1960s, among the various suppliers<br />

of equipment, Ban, a Sino-Indonesian trader who had migrated to Bandung<br />

in the late 1950s, worked his way up to virtually monopolize the<br />

equipment market. As I understand it, from the 1960s until his death in<br />

1984 Ban more or less told the Railways procurement personnel what to<br />

buy, where to buy, and for how much to buy. 7 As one informant put it:<br />

In those days people used to say: ‘Ban, he owns the railways’.<br />

Being a classic broker, Ban never developed any manufacturing activities<br />

but concentrated only on the trade side of affairs. As he had no successor,<br />

he was childless, his monopoly fell apart after his death. The new market<br />

configuration that emerged, with about a dozen brokers vying for orders<br />

on official and parallel markets, remained in existence up to the early<br />

1990s.<br />

The Railroad Company procured imported equipment from 12 Sole<br />

Agents registered as Listed Suppliers. As Table 5 specifies, the total routine<br />

annual railroad maintenance budget in 1990 was about US$50 million.<br />

The Logistics Department, the unit responsible for procurement in the<br />

Railways headquarters, classified orders as follows:<br />

i) Non-specific goods, a term basically covering local-made products.<br />

Orders were either open tendered (contract value between Rp. 20 million<br />

and Rp. 200 million, that is, US$ 10,000 to $100,000) or directly<br />

‘assigned’ (Indonesian: ‘ditunjuk’), the latter referring to a short-listing<br />

procedure, in the case of contracts of less than Rp. 20 million. In the latter<br />

case the Logistics Department invited five registered suppliers to enter<br />

bids for the contract.<br />

112


Table 5: Expenditures on infrastructure and Rolling Stock Maintenance,<br />

Indonesian Railways Company, 1990<br />

Item Outlay (in Rp.million)<br />

Maintenance of Infrastructure<br />

Track 18,5000.0<br />

Bridges 6,400.0<br />

Signalling & Telecomm. 6,100.0<br />

Facilities 750.0<br />

Maintenance of Rolling Stock<br />

Workshop 22,125.9<br />

Depots 10,950.0<br />

Facilities 0.2<br />

Depreciation RS & Fac. 18,562.2<br />

Total 83,387.4<br />

1990 exchange rate: Rp. 1,805 = US$1<br />

Source: Indonesian State Railways (1990, p.24)<br />

ii) Specific goods, that is, imported engine parts, electronics parts,<br />

transmission parts, and the like. Orders for specific goods were always<br />

directly assigned to outside suppliers. With contracts up to Rp. 200 million<br />

the Logistics Department was in charge of the assignment. With larger<br />

contracts, up to Rp. 3,000 million, the Railways Director assumed responsibility,<br />

and with contracts exceeding the latter amount the<br />

Coordinating Minister for Economic Affairs would decide.<br />

In effect there seemed to be no way of circumventing the 12 Sole<br />

Agents and supplying the Railways directly with equipment. Even the<br />

local representative of a bearings manufacturer of international fame could<br />

not sell his standard products directly, but was forced to channel them<br />

through a Sole Agent. Apparently, the Agents had worked out an arrangement<br />

with the Logistics Department that functioned to their mutual satis-<br />

113


faction. I did not acquire information on the details, financial or otherwise,<br />

of this arrangement.<br />

10. Spare Parts for Krakatau Steel<br />

Another indication of the size of the public procurement market is provided<br />

by data on spare part expenditures by Krakatau Steel, a steel mill<br />

located in Cilegon, West Java. KS management estimated the total 1991<br />

outlay for spare parts and tools at Rp. 40 billion, or about $21 million. Of<br />

this amount, 70% was spent on imported parts and tools (mechanical and<br />

electrical parts) and the remaining 30% on local-made products (ONUDI,<br />

1992). The latter category included rubber hoses, V-belts, low-grade nuts<br />

and bolts, small dimension bearings, structural metals, and other simple<br />

components, in line with what one would expect given the still limited<br />

local engineering capabilities (cf. Braadbaart forthcoming). I have no<br />

information on the overseas parts market, but found no evidence of a<br />

monopolization of the ‘small local orders’ market by brokers. Job-shop<br />

owners supplying parts to KS under the so-called ‘Foster Parent’ small<br />

enterprise support scheme (see Thee, 1993) stated that they contracted<br />

directly with the KS procurement division rather than through a broker.<br />

This case even illustrated a supplier cartel: four small shops, nominally<br />

competing for orders from KS for a particular spare part, had a secret<br />

agreement not to enter bids below a certain, artificially high, price.<br />

11. Efforts to Counter <strong>Corruption</strong> in Public Tendering<br />

What steps has the Indonesian government taken so far to curtail parallel<br />

market operations and strengthen the competitive element in Indonesian<br />

public tendering? To address this problem, internal accounting units were<br />

established in every State-Owned Corporation (Badan Usaha Milik Negara<br />

or BUMN and Badan Usaha Milik Daerah or BUMD), numbering about<br />

260 in all in 1983. However, these were subsequently judged to be ineffective<br />

as they were unable to operate independently of company<br />

management. The Agency for Financial Control and Development (Badan<br />

Pengawasan Keuangan dan Pembangunan, BPKP), an operational arm of<br />

the Finance Department, did constitute such an independent auditing unit.<br />

But at least until 1992 the BPKP remained a passive recipient of accounts<br />

114


sent in by the various BUMN/BUMD, a number of which did not report at<br />

all. Given the fact that it only operated ‘behind the desk’ rather than carrying<br />

out surprise field checks, it is hardly suprising that the BPKP only<br />

managed to uncover Rp. 15.5 billion, approximately US$ 8 million, in<br />

1991/1992 of what it politely referred to as ‘deviations’ (Daily Pikiran<br />

Rakyat, 20/3/1992).<br />

In a 1992 seminar BPKP management, seconded by the Junior Minister<br />

of Finance, complained openly about the lack of cooperation it<br />

received from the BUMN/BUMD it was supposed to monitor. Voicing<br />

their dissatisfaction over the quality of BUMN/BUMD financial reporting,<br />

BPKP management annnounced that is planned to mount field operations,<br />

checking company accounts on the spot to establish to what extent their<br />

reporting corresponded with the truth. All this indicates how little authority<br />

BPKP, that is, the Finance Department, had over the state enterprises:<br />

It apparently lacked the jurisdictional clout to force state companies<br />

to comply with its financial accounting regulations.<br />

12. Conclusions<br />

The admittedly piecemeal evidence on Indonesian public procurement<br />

practice presented in the preceding pages leads to an inescapable conclusion:<br />

corruption is rampant at all levels of the Indonesian administrative<br />

apparatus. In 1992, the then chairman of the Indonesian Association of<br />

Suppliers and Distributors estimated that his members made a 5 to 10<br />

percent loss, through illegal payoffs, on every contract (Pikiran Rakyat,<br />

20/3/1992). My findings suggest that this spokesman may have been correct<br />

as regards to smaller contracts for local-made goods.<br />

To a certain extent, as I have argued, the prevalence of collusion<br />

between tendering committees and bidding firms flows from the inherent<br />

tension between price competition and quality monitoring problems. Any<br />

tendering committee must balance the price imperative of allotting the<br />

order to the lowest bidder against the risk that the winner may not deliver<br />

the desired product. By opting for a form of relational contracting rather<br />

than anonymous competition, procuring agencies reduce uncertainty to a<br />

manageable level. Ironically, political leaders must categorically deny that<br />

relational contracting is a legitimate form of allotting government contracts,<br />

if not, they risk public accusations of conspiracy with business<br />

115


interests and private profiteering, even though direct commissioning may<br />

under certain circumstances be more cost-effective than tendering.<br />

In the Indonesian context, as we have seen, this collusive tendency is<br />

strongly reinforced by the perverse incentives prevailing in the civil service,<br />

that is, a combination of weak controls and poor performance monitoring<br />

with low pay which almost invites officials to support bidders in<br />

return for a kickback on the contract.<br />

Having said this, however, I should also point out that the entire<br />

Indonesian public procurement market is not monopolized by vendors<br />

conspiring with corrupt officials. It should be stressed that, although<br />

monopolies do occur, a full-fledged monopolization of the tendering market<br />

by a conspiring bidder-tendering agent team seems to be a relatively<br />

rare and in any case an impermanent occurrence. The inefficiencies generated<br />

by kickback arrangements appear to be mitigated to some degree by<br />

three circumstances. First, procurement staff can bend but cannot break the<br />

rules governing the tendering process. In the end, the lowest entry must<br />

still win the contest. Second, when procurement staff is replaced, as regularly<br />

happens, existing parallel market arrangements will often be upset.<br />

Third, the competition between bidding firms, both in formal and in parallel<br />

markets, is often intense.<br />

Recent Indonesian attempts to counter corruption in public tendering<br />

show that the autonomy of public enterprises vis-a-vis the Finance Department<br />

have thwarted the latter’s attempts to discipline the financial behaviour<br />

of the former. What policy measures might be taken to improve this<br />

situation? It can be seen that one option, the mammoth task of reforming<br />

the Indonesian civil service, is out of the question. The modest short-term<br />

solution might be to reorganise BPKP or, if necessary, establish a new<br />

independent agency and give it the task of monitoring tendering procedures.<br />

If it is to perform this task, such an anti-corruption task force<br />

should: i) enjoy a certain measure of political independence, ii) have an<br />

ample operational (field inspection) budget, iii) be given the jurisdiction to<br />

carry a credible threat to corrupt tendering committees (e.g, have the<br />

power to push through dishonourable discharge of corrupt officials), and<br />

iv) have its staff paid according to private sector standards. The failure of<br />

previous policy measures indicates that each of the four requirements<br />

listed here will be crucial to successful combating of parallel market activities<br />

in public procurement.<br />

In addition to the above, it is also important that the government<br />

drafts a set of transparent national rules governing public tendering proce-<br />

116


dures. These should enjoin the tendering committees to publicize information<br />

on tendering procedures and bidding contests. The rules should<br />

also stipulate how aspiring firms might join the ranks of Listed Suppliers<br />

as, in current practice, the procedures by which suppliers are selected often<br />

remain obscure.<br />

One might also consider according private business a watchdog function<br />

by setting up a complaints desk where bidders or aspiring bidders can<br />

lodge complaints, e.g., when they feel they cannot bypass brokers or are<br />

obstructed by a resident cartel. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, it<br />

should not be forgotten that the success of whatever set of policy measures<br />

is adopted will be greatly enhanced by the close involvement of<br />

‘practitioners’, both state procurement personnel and business suppliers, in<br />

the process of policy design and implementation.<br />

Notes<br />

1. This line of argument was a development of Max Weber’s writings on the<br />

historical development of administration. See Moore (1992).<br />

2. For an overview of this literature see the collection of articles edited by<br />

Heidenheimer (1970).<br />

3. The partial exception is Fred Riggs, some of whose contributions to the<br />

literature foreshadow later work on policy analysis (Riggs, 1964).<br />

4. For overviews of the various concepts underpinning this work and the fierce<br />

debates set off by what has been called ‘The New Economics of Organization’<br />

(Moe, 1984), see Baron & Hannan (1994), Eisenhardt (1989), and the<br />

contributions in IDS Bulletin vol. 23(4), 1992.<br />

5. The basic civil service pay scale valid as of 1993 shows a pre-tax salary<br />

range varying from Rp. 80,000 to Rp. 500,000 (US$ 32-US$ 200), the latter<br />

figure applying to an official in Class IV with over 25 years of active service.<br />

Even when one adds the various bonuses that officials can earn (a<br />

university lecturer, for example, can add up to US$ 500 to his or her basic<br />

salary), take-home pay is always insufficient to lead the kind of life desired<br />

by well-educated Indonesian urbanites.<br />

6. Klitgaard defines kickbacks as ‘payments by the suppliers to agents of the<br />

purchaser of goods. The agents pocket cash in exchange for using their<br />

discretion to make sure a particular supplier obtains the contract or receives<br />

a higher price’ (1988, p.136).<br />

7. Only the largest contracts (such as those for imported locomotives, which<br />

involved the Jakarta politically connected clique) seem to have eluded him.<br />

117


6. Police and corruption in the Netherlands:<br />

towards a micro-perspective<br />

Lucas Kroes & Coby de Boer 1<br />

1. Introduction<br />

A study of the phenomenon known as ‘corruption’ can be conducted in<br />

different ways. Depending on the discipline, the interest of the researcher,<br />

and the aim of the research, the focus might be on processes that occur at<br />

the macro, or system, level, at the meso level, or at the micro level. An<br />

analysis considering processes at only one of these three levels means that<br />

processes at the other levels, and the interactions between them will not be<br />

clarified. In the literature on corruption an analytic framework in which<br />

the three levels are clearly distinguished is seldom used. There are two<br />

current views regarding the origin of corruption. The first explains corruption<br />

essentially from the point of view of the individual. Several personal<br />

characteristics make it more or less probable that an individual will be<br />

corrupted when opportunities are offered by the environment (Walker,<br />

1983; Delattre, 1989; Pizzorno and Della Porta, 1994). The second view<br />

takes the system as the starting point. In this scenario corruption is considered<br />

as a macro phenomenon that occurs when there are conflicting<br />

values and norms between different institutions (see chapter 1, this volume;<br />

Heidenheimer, 1989; Caiden and Caiden, 1993). In our opinion, the<br />

standpoints briefly outlined above are not contradictory, but differ only in<br />

the sense that analytically, the first approach emphasizes the individual<br />

and the second approach the society, or the institutions within society.<br />

The first aim of this article is to give an insight into the phenomenon<br />

of corruption, particularly regarding the police. Secondly the intention is to<br />

give several theoretical explanations, which put the emphasis on the individual.<br />

To what extent do personal characteristics, goals and dispositions,<br />

and the relationships with other actors within a so-called interaction system<br />

play a role with regard to the individual behaviour or choice regarding<br />

corruption? The individual forms the micro level of the analysis whereas<br />

the interaction system represents the meso level. We adopted Boudon’s<br />

model (1981) in an attempt to explain differences between individuals<br />

with respect to corruption.<br />

119


The structure of the article is as follows. In the third section the<br />

concept of corruption is discussed. Attention is given to corruption in<br />

public administration and in particular in police departments. In section<br />

four the theoretical framework is presented that is used in this article. The<br />

core of this framework is a transformation model adopted from Boudon<br />

(1981). The model is used to describe the origin of corruption. Section<br />

five, and the first part of section six, elaborates elements of the theoretical<br />

model. In section six the theoretical model is applied to a case study:<br />

corruption within the aliens police department. Finally some conclusions<br />

are presented.<br />

2. <strong>Corruption</strong><br />

2.1 A definition<br />

Most people associate the word corruption with misuse of power for personal<br />

enrichment. When corruption occurs ‘a person misuses his position<br />

(of authority) in an organization out of consideration for personal gain<br />

and for the benefit of a third person while bypassing the formal procedures’<br />

(Ruimschotel, 1994). Ruimschotel described corruption as a<br />

phenomenon which undermines society. The presence of corruption leads<br />

to suboptimal allocation which leads to economic inefficiency. In such a<br />

situation the qualitatively most highly principled enterprises do not receive<br />

orders, but rather the enterprises which engage in corruption. Less qualified<br />

persons obtain positions they would normally never have reached and<br />

so on. Moreover, the authors consider corruption harmful to democracy. It<br />

damages the confidence in administrators, administrative procedures and<br />

the integrity of organizations. <strong>Corruption</strong> does not restrict itself to public<br />

administration but is also present in the private sector (Van de Bunt,<br />

1994).<br />

2.2 Integrity of public administration<br />

When the public administration is corrupted, administrative integrity<br />

decreases and results in administrative deterioration of quality. Hence the<br />

values of the democratic constitutional state are eroded (Huberts, 1994).<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> in public administration involves the functioning of public<br />

servants; the officials (Barendse and Van Gemert, 1994). Many officials<br />

120


have a certain freedom of action by virtue of their position; they have (by<br />

mandate) at their disposal discretionary competences. The discretionary<br />

power of officials might be considered as an expression of institutionalised<br />

confidence. This offers several advantages from the administrative point of<br />

view. It is efficient and self-regulating and supervision is formalised. In<br />

the terminology of Bakker (chapter 1) such a system experiences low<br />

transaction costs. 2 However, the problem is that not every official fulfills<br />

the confidence placed in him or her and uses his or her competences for<br />

personal gain. The temptation to use competences to one’s own advantage<br />

is sometimes great and not every official can resist the temptation. The<br />

government has to cope with the problem of corrupt officials at all levels<br />

of the administration and attempts to reduce corruption by, among other<br />

things, introducing control mechanisms. Recent examples of such mechanisms<br />

are the establishment of points of anouncements and the development<br />

of codes of conduct (Van de Bunt, 1994). This results in high transaction<br />

costs but reduces the risk of corruption entering the organization. Government<br />

has been put under considerable pressure and has to arm itself<br />

against the increasing corruption. This awareness has grown steadily as the<br />

different cases of official corruption which are presently denounced give<br />

clear evidence.<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> among officials in public departments which are established<br />

for the maintainance and execution of legislation undermines the<br />

legal system. These departments, which form the legal apparatus, occupy a<br />

special place within public administration. The Public Prosecutor, the<br />

judiciary and the police form the core of the governmental authority and<br />

are of great importance in the monitoring of its integrity. Questionable<br />

actions of for example the police jeopardize the legitimacy of the government<br />

and interfere with the democratic values of the society (Barendse and<br />

Van Gemert, 1994). Police corruption forms the central theme of the remainder<br />

of this article.<br />

2.3 Police corruption<br />

Bribery and misuse of authority by police officers is not a new problem.<br />

From a study of corrupt behaviour among English police officers, conducted<br />

in the nineteenth century, it is apparent that corruption was a problem<br />

at that time (Morton, 1993). Police officers are distinguished from<br />

other officials because they operate in an environment in which large<br />

amounts of money circulate and there are large economic interests. There-<br />

121


fore, the potential corruption of police officers by criminal organizations is<br />

an obvious problem (Pijl, 1991). Such organizations are able to offer large<br />

bribes and do not hesitate in using blackmail as a means of pressure. Developments<br />

in this context in organized crime are rapid. There is increasing<br />

evidence that in the Netherlands at least a few criminal organizations<br />

exist and that the public administration and the judicial apparatus are not<br />

invulnerable. The media pay increasing attention to administrative and<br />

police corruption and to organized crime as evidenced by the articles on<br />

these subjects which are published regularly. 3 In general there is a lack of<br />

clarity regarding police corruption due to the, mostly, loose reporting.<br />

However, due to the lack of other reliable sources, the use of media<br />

reports is unavoidable. They are incorporated in this article with great<br />

reservation.<br />

We shall further elaborate on the phenomenon of police corruption;<br />

what does this concept actually mean? In 1990 the working group ‘police<br />

corruption’ was established by the Advisory Commission of Criminal<br />

Investigation (Recherche Advies Commissie). The working group had the<br />

task of making an inventory of the nature and the extent of police corruption<br />

in the Netherlands. The following definition of police corruption was<br />

adopted by the working group: ‘the acceptance of money or other rewards<br />

by a police officer, in exchange for a compensation resulting in special<br />

protection of persons (or corporate bodies) by the police, or knowledge of<br />

confidential information, and/or the police not taking actions properly or<br />

not being able to carry out their tasks in a proper way’ (Fijnaut, 1993,<br />

p.8). The purport of this definition is that corruption occurs if police<br />

officers, carrying out their tasks, are rewarded by (criminal) third persons<br />

in exchange for one or more favours. These favours may consist of offering<br />

extra protection and/or giving confidential information and/or giving<br />

preferential treatment. The working group encountered several shortcomings<br />

with regard to the operationalisation of this definition. The definition<br />

of the working group starts from the ‘I-assist-you, you-assist-me’<br />

principle. this supposes that the police officer obviously has other motives<br />

than material ones, whereas this is in our opinion just at issue. We assume<br />

that compensation other than money (or other material goods) will be<br />

rarely used. The aspect of ‘not being able to carry out their tasks in a<br />

proper way’ is likewise a weak point in the definition because it refers to<br />

‘the whole of police action’ and therefore also to cases which, in themselves,<br />

are not related to corruption. In our view the definition of police<br />

corruption has to refer to: a) the benefits that could be enjoyed by a third<br />

122


person through offering money to the police officer, b) the gains that are<br />

enjoyed by the police officer through his financial enrichment and c) the<br />

fact that the police officer misuses his competences. Therefore we adopt<br />

this as a definition for this article.<br />

This last definition of police corruption allows us to ‘separate the<br />

wheat of the chaff’. Many cases that are made public, especially by the<br />

media, as cases of corruption do not fit our definition. Often they concern<br />

cases of robbery by police officers or improper functioning. Although such<br />

behaviour can be as reprehensible as corruption and can likewise jeopardize<br />

integrity, it is not the same.<br />

3. A theoretical framework<br />

3.1 Methodological individualism 4<br />

The theory of methodological individualism starts with the principle that<br />

individuals, and individual role models, which operate in an interactive<br />

system, are the smallest logical unit of research analysis (Boudon, 1981).<br />

Both individuals and interactions play a central role in the explanation of<br />

(macro) sociological phenomenons. Studying group behaviour, making<br />

choices, making decisions, are also possible with this theory if the group<br />

is well organized and has at its disposal institutions which are collectively<br />

able to take decisions that are binding on the whole group. An example is<br />

a government which takes decisions for the whole country. The group is<br />

considered as an individual that is able to make choices and tune its behaviour<br />

to others (individuals or groups) (Lindenberg, Coleman and<br />

Nowak, 1986). When applying methodological individualism to the<br />

phenomenon of police corruption it is necessary to extend the theory with<br />

an economic model of human behaviour that has been developed by<br />

among others Becker (1976) and Lindenberg (1976). The ‘homo economicus’<br />

according to Becker (1976) is a model of sociological and economic<br />

assumptions, and forms an abstraction of individual characteristics of<br />

conduct. The model can be defined as follows: ‘Restricted Resourceful<br />

Expecting Evaluating Maximizing Man’ and indicates that every individual<br />

aspires to the same goals, namely the maximalisation of income, status<br />

and power. Becker (1976) adds immaterial things such as health and<br />

pleasure. This aspiration is limited by rules that are imposed by an interaction<br />

system and by individual (group) possibilities and constraints.<br />

123


Furthermore the model assumes that individuals are able to consider different<br />

choices of behaviour rationally and to judge their own behaviour<br />

and the behaviour of others. The alternatives of behaviour are ways in<br />

which individuals try to achieve certain goals. In plain terms: every individual<br />

wants to achieve broadly the same goals, but can follow different<br />

courses within certain limitations. Boudon (1981) has designed a number<br />

of models with which macro sociological phenomenons can be analysed<br />

and explained (deductively) from a micro perspective. The models<br />

describe the following social processes: cumulative, dialectic, linear and<br />

cyclic (transformation) processes (pp.113-114; pp.120-121). The rationale<br />

of this distinction is that social change can be achieved in different ways.<br />

In each of the processes Boudon (1981) distinguishes three fundamental<br />

quantities: the dependence or interaction system, the environment, and the<br />

results. We focus on a transformation model. Transformation means that<br />

there is feedback between the individual elements. Schematically the transformation<br />

model can be drawn as follows:<br />

Figure 1: transformation model<br />

Source: Boudon, 1981<br />

The core of the model is the interaction system in which different (groups<br />

of) actors play a role. The actors are characterised by individual and group<br />

characteristics, common goals and by what we will call dispositions. In an<br />

124


interactive system the individuals or groups form the, so-called, dependence<br />

relationships. Certain actions of one individual, or group, affect<br />

others within the interactive system (Coleman, 1986). Characteristics of<br />

individuals, or groups, can be (depending on the process to be studied)<br />

level of education, cultural background, sex, employment, etc. The goals<br />

of the individuals, or groups, are largely as we said earlier. They all want<br />

to maximise their income, status and power. The concept of dispositions is<br />

rather complex. We define the concept as a certain ability, or an enhanced<br />

chance, of the exhibition of certain behaviour. The individual behaviour of<br />

choice occurs at the micro level and this forms the core of the analysis.<br />

The interactive system is the direct environment of the individual; this<br />

forms the meso level. The concept of an interactive system is further elaborated<br />

by means of a case study (section 6.1).<br />

The second element in the model is the environment at the macro<br />

level. At an aggregated level actors can be distinguished. In the environment,<br />

analogous to the terminology of Bakker (chapter 1), economic, legal<br />

and political institutions play a central role. Examples of institutional<br />

variables are the market mechanism, the legislation and procedures, and<br />

the political system.<br />

The third element encompasses the outcomes or output. The outcomes<br />

are the results of the behaviour of choice by individuals in the<br />

interactive system given a certain environment.<br />

The processes detailed above might occur between the three elements.<br />

With a cyclic, or transformation, process, a change in the environment<br />

might affect the interaction between individuals which subsequently<br />

changes the outcomes. The outcomes may affect the environment at the<br />

meso and/or macro level because feedback takes place. These effects occur<br />

directly and/or indirectly because of causal relationships between the three<br />

elements. In the following two sections a description is given as to how<br />

corruption can come into being at, respectively, the meso and macro level.<br />

4. <strong>Corruption</strong> at the meso level<br />

The police play a crucial role in the maintenance of the Dutch legal system.<br />

their job touches upon all sectors of society. In addition to the fight<br />

against criminality these areas include: public order, traffic control, social<br />

welfare, administrative and legal support (Kroes, Meiberg and Bruinsma,<br />

1994). Both minor and more serious criminal offences are considered. For<br />

125


civilians, the police are the most accessible, and the most visible, responsible<br />

institution regarding the maintenance of legislation (Carter, 1985).<br />

Society places reliance on the police with regard to the creation and the<br />

maintenance of a safe social climate. <strong>Corruption</strong> will undermine this confidence<br />

in the long run and will lead to decreased legitimacy. Several<br />

authors have designed indicators to identify corrupted elements so that<br />

these can be dealt with.<br />

The breeding ground of police corruption lies in the direct environment<br />

in which police officers operate. The direct environment of police<br />

officers is the interactive system in Boudon’s model (1981). From the<br />

study of police corruption by Fijnaut (1993) it is apparent that police<br />

officers have a large discretionary competence. The relative freedom in the<br />

use of competences suggests the potential for corruptive elements. There is<br />

hardly any real insight into the way in which the job is executed and<br />

therefore inspection is difficult. This means that there has to be absolute<br />

reliability and integrity. However, there are individuals within the police<br />

force who do not meet these requirements. From the case of corruption<br />

presented by Fijnaut (1993) it is apparent that corruption can occur individually<br />

as well as within groups of police. In a number of small units<br />

(narcotics department, aliens police, special legislation) it became clear<br />

that the members made private agreements regarding the execution of<br />

questionable transactions. The author was surprised at the phenomenon of<br />

group corruption because with smaller units there is often strict supervision.<br />

The high measure of specialism of the units was, however, the<br />

cause of a solid position of authority within the organization and a fair<br />

amount of freedom in the execution of tasks. Through the attachment of<br />

individual members to a unit, and the pressures which can be exerted on<br />

them, corruption in groups may arise.<br />

Walker (1983) assumes that corruption among police officers stems<br />

from individual and/or social factors which are inherent to the<br />

organizational characteristics of the police force. Delattre (1989) presents<br />

three hypotheses that also refer to these elements. The formulation of<br />

hypotheses can serve as a means of searching for an explanation for the<br />

existence of corruption within the police organization. In the first hypothesis<br />

psychological factors are central elements. The explanation of corruption<br />

is ‘fitting in’, a stealthy process of blurring regarding professional<br />

norms among police officers. This process starts with the acceptance of<br />

little presents and expressions of gratitude from civilians and finally<br />

results in participation in more serious criminal activities. Delattre’s<br />

126


second hypothesis refers to a social process that may occur in police<br />

forces. In this hypothesis Delattre presents the concept of cynicism among<br />

the police as the cause of corruption. Cynicism among police officers can<br />

arise if they see hardly any result of their activities. For each criminal that<br />

is arrested two new offences are committed. As a result of this, they lose<br />

their faith in humanity and have the feeling that their work makes little<br />

difference. The purport of the hypothesis is that, through the increase of<br />

cynicism, corruption will finally be accepted in the police organization.<br />

The third hypothesis is the well-known ‘rotten apple’ hypothesis. Because<br />

of poor selection ‘rotten apples’ enter the police organization and a process<br />

of contamination is started. None of the three individual hypotheses is<br />

sufficient to give a full explanation of corruption, but in combination they<br />

seem to be very useful.<br />

Sechrest and Burns (1992) test these hypotheses in the ‘Miami Case’.<br />

On the basis of a number of questions an attempt is made to find support<br />

for the hypotheses. It would be too digressive to discuss these questions<br />

extensively. We will concentrate on the most important results. It should<br />

be mentioned that the discussion is one specific case so that it is not possible<br />

to draw firm conclusions from the results of this study. Sechrest and<br />

Burns (1992) found empirical evidence that supported the hypotheses of<br />

Delattre (1989). In 1985 three drugs incidents occurred within a short<br />

period. In each of these incidents drug smugglers were arrested by the<br />

police. During these events, large amounts of cocaine disappeared after<br />

seizure by the police. From an investigation it emerged that nineteen<br />

police officers concealed part of the confiscated drugs and sold it to<br />

dealers. However the study does not elaborate on the circumstances in<br />

which the police officers turned to the concealment of drugs. Up to 1988,<br />

more than hundred police officers were suspended, dismissed and charged.<br />

Sechrest and Burns refer to a number of factors that explain the introduction<br />

of corruption to the police force of Miami. Firstly, there was a<br />

strong increase in criminality and serious social unrest at the beginning of<br />

the eighties. A situation arose of ‘fighting a losing battle’. It was not possible<br />

to control the enormous growth in criminals. This led to a situation<br />

of demotivation and cynicism among the police personnel. The pressure on<br />

the police force to recrute more people increased. The relative scarcity of<br />

good qualified personnel was met with less stringent selection procedures.<br />

There was an intake of less qualified and less experienced personnel.<br />

Secondly, at the beginning of the eighties a policy of positive discrimination<br />

was announced: Spanish and Afro-American citizens had priority<br />

127


over white Americans. Sechrest and Burns (1992) assert, on the basis of<br />

supporting data, that the corrupt police officers in Miami significantly<br />

originate more from the minority groups. Thirdly, Sechrest and Burns<br />

argued that, at the beginning of the eighties, the management of the police<br />

in Miami failed and they gave their personnel too much freedom in the<br />

execution of their tasks. No action was taken to reduce the large-scale<br />

corruption which indicates a certain tolerance by the management.<br />

The research of Sechrest and Burns (1992) shows that processes at<br />

the meso level are important with respect to the origin of corruption. The<br />

three hypotheses are all, although not always fully, supported by the empirical<br />

data. This brings us nearer to an explanation of corruption. An<br />

analysis at the meso level gives an insight into the existence of corruptive<br />

elements in the work environment of the individual. At this level conditions<br />

are present which have a facilitating function regarding corruption.<br />

Analogous to Fijnaut (1993) we ask the question why so few police<br />

officers are engaged in questionable transactions and why many others,<br />

under the same circumstances, are not. For an explanation of these individual<br />

differences it is necessary to take another step, in the direction of a<br />

micro analysis. A micro analysis can serve as a means of finding the<br />

answer to the question what individual factors are important concerning<br />

the choice to avail, or not to avail, oneself of the opportunities for corruption<br />

that occur at the meso level. The investigations of Walker (1983),<br />

Delattre (1989) Sechrest and Burns (1992), and also of Fijnaut (1993)<br />

clearly show that the understanding of corruption increases if an analysis<br />

is conducted at different levels. In the final part of this article we will<br />

further elaborate on the role of the individual regarding the origin of corruption;<br />

the micro perspective. To that end, the transformation model of<br />

Boudon (1981), discussed earlier, will be applied. Using this model it is<br />

described how individuals can be corrupted, which individual characteristics<br />

play a role in this process, and how this is connected with (macro)<br />

institutional changes.<br />

5. Towards a micro perspective<br />

Literature on corruption especially police corruption in which the role of<br />

the individual forms a central aspect is difficult to find. In our opinion<br />

there has hardly been any research conducted in this area. Fijnaut (1993),<br />

a leader in the field of police corruption, also found this. In his research<br />

128


he stresses two important factors which play a role in the corruption of<br />

individual police officers: the normalization of deviant behaviour and the<br />

neutralization of norms. The first factor indicates that deviant behaviour is<br />

not defined as such by a corrupt individual. He or she thinks such behaviour<br />

is admissible and also justifiable within the environment. 5 The<br />

second factor, norm neutralization concerns the moral ethics of a corrupt<br />

individual who uses various arguments to neutralize them (the norms). So<br />

to speak, an offence is reasoned away by means of (in fact improper)<br />

arguments and justifications. 6 These mechanisms can explain how people<br />

make their improper behaviour acceptable to themselves. They show how<br />

police officers, sometimes after impressive service, can fall into corrupt<br />

ways. However, it does not explain why someone is corrupted and another<br />

is not. In other words, the factors only give an insight into individuals<br />

who are corrupted and how they behave. The factors that could explain<br />

why individuals, under the same circumstances, with the same possibilities<br />

(e.g. to neutralize norms) and confronting the same seductions, do not<br />

make the same choices, are not discussed in the analysis of Fijnaut. Corrupt<br />

behaviour, not seen as reprehensible, or even seen as perfectly acceptable<br />

is, as well as the neutralization of norms, a process that, under influence<br />

of the environment and determined by individual characteristics,<br />

occurs within an individual. In addition, interaction processes between one<br />

individual and other individuals at the meso level play a crucial role in the<br />

origin and consolidation of corruption. In the next section an attempt is<br />

made to give further insight into these processes by applying the transformation<br />

model to a case study: corruption within the aliens police department.<br />

5.1 <strong>Corruption</strong> within the aliens police department: a micro analysis<br />

Earlier in this article it was asserted that media reports on police corruption<br />

are hard to test for reliability. From the lack of empirical research<br />

on this subject, we are compelled to use material which stems from these<br />

poorer sources. In the description below we make use of a journalistic<br />

study into the occurence of white slavery in which corruption within the<br />

aliens police department was revealed.<br />

In 1992 the Belgian journalist Chris de Stoop published a book titled<br />

‘They are so nice, sir’. In this book the vicissitudes of women who are<br />

lured with promises of work, money and housing from South-East Asia,<br />

Latin America, Africa and Eastern Europe to the West play a central role.<br />

129


Once they arrive in the West the women are blackmailed and forced into<br />

prostitution. De Stoop (1992) examined this extensive white slavery and<br />

encountered a group of well organized pimps known as the ‘Gang of the<br />

Milliardaire’. The author made an attempt to give further insights into the<br />

extent and gravity of white slavery. The book does not meet this ambition,<br />

but rather puts forward a number of interesting notions. From interviews<br />

with several women it appeared that members of the aliens police department<br />

had participated in the white slavery activities. From De Stoop’s<br />

(1992) data on the activities of the traders, and the way in which members<br />

of the Rotterdam aliens police department supported their activities, it can<br />

be concluded that this is a matter of police corruption.<br />

5.2 The environment and interaction system<br />

After the popularity of holidays to countries such as Thailand and the<br />

Philippines, the demand for exotic women increased in the West European<br />

prostitution market during the eighties. The main sources are South-East<br />

Asia, Latin America, Africa and Eastern Europe. The enormous demand<br />

for these women led to the situation that certain people in the supplying<br />

countries engaged themselves in the recruitment and smuggling of the<br />

women. The women, usually naive and in good faith, put themselves voluntarily<br />

in the hands of a pimp because they did not know his bad intentions.<br />

In addition, the often weak social-economic background of the women<br />

leads to the situation where they want to believe the promises related<br />

to a career as a dancer, hostess, waitress or administrative employee. In<br />

their own countries the prospects are in general very poor and this is considered<br />

to be a chance to escape. The disappointment is of course huge<br />

when it is apparent that the promises are false. Once the journey is taken<br />

there is no way back, In order to force the women into prostitution they<br />

are blackmailed and threatened with violence. The passports are withheld<br />

and they are paid very little.<br />

The dealers in women in the West know the sex circuit well and<br />

have a network of owners of sex clubs. They keep in contact with pimps<br />

and match supply to demand. These are largely the activities of the dealers<br />

of the ‘Gang of the Milliardaire’. In a short time they knew how to create<br />

a network of sex clubs in the Netherlands, Belgium and Spain. One of the<br />

most important factors with respect to the success of the ‘Gang of the<br />

Milliardaire’ was the existence of an agency that, under the banner of<br />

‘artist recruitment’, brought women from the poorer countries to the<br />

130


Netherlands. In the Netherlands ‘entertainers’ can get a fully legal labour<br />

permit within the context of the current labour market policy. The Dutch<br />

employment bureaus do not have sufficient candidates for the job of<br />

striptease dancer and as a result the artistic agencies can apply for permits<br />

for foreign striptease dancers. However, the ‘artistic agency’ that worked<br />

for the Gang only acted as a front for the employment of foreign women<br />

in prostitution. A number of policemen from the aliens police department<br />

discovered that women were living and working illegally in the Netherlands.<br />

However, they became corrupted, they did not hand over victims to<br />

the legal administration but returned them to the prostitution network.<br />

Subsequently they provided the women with labour permits and required<br />

stamps. From research into the corrupt police it was apparent that they<br />

informed the ‘Gang of the Milliardaire’ about raids the police were preparing.<br />

As a reward for their services the policemen were welcome in the<br />

clubs owned by the gang and they received money.<br />

This is a short outline of an interactive system in which pimps, sex<br />

operators, foreign women and members of the aliens police department<br />

play the leading roles. The system comes into being and consolidates in a<br />

(macro) environment in which economic rules (demand and supply in the<br />

labour market), poor legislation and execution (the Dutch aliens act, labour<br />

permits), a liberal climate with respect to prostitution, and finally a politically<br />

positive policy (low priority given to prostitution and female slavery)<br />

form favourable conditions.<br />

The interactive system shows that the goals of the involved actors are<br />

largely the same. Every actor wants to improve his or her economic position.<br />

In addition the women try to escape from their poor position in their<br />

own countries. The sex operators try to increase their profits and aim for<br />

status and power in their circuit. However, the central question is why<br />

members of the aliens police department allowed themselves to be corrupted.<br />

We consider the corruption of members of the aliens police department<br />

to be an outcome of the interactive system within the specific environment.<br />

5.3 The outcome<br />

As we stated earlier, we talk of police corruption if a third person enjoys<br />

gains by offering money to a police officer, the police officer enriches<br />

himself financially and therefore misuses his or her competences. From<br />

our point of view the case study certainly meets these conditions. Firstly,<br />

131


the dealers in women could practice their activities by blackmailing members<br />

of the aliens police department. As a result of their contacts with<br />

these police officers, the Gang prevented the expulsion of the women who<br />

were staying illegally in the Netherlands. Secondly, the dealers were<br />

informed of the planned raids by the police of the sex clubs which they<br />

owned and where most of the women were working. Thirdly, the members<br />

of the aliens police department accepted money or other services in compensation<br />

for their questionable services. Finally, the police officers misused<br />

their competences. They protected the illegal women against the legal<br />

administration instead of reporting them. In addition they granted false<br />

labour permits to the women.<br />

Members of the aliens police department, corrupt or not, aspire to<br />

maximise income, status and recognition. The differences between police<br />

officers who behave corruptly and those wo do not are related to the disposition<br />

of some officers with respect to the choice of such behaviour. The<br />

mechanisms to which Fijnaut (1993) refers, namely normalization of<br />

deviant (corruptive) behaviour and neutralization of norms, occur with the<br />

officers who have a certain ability in that direction. This ability leads<br />

some officers to act corrupt if there is a possibility. In the case of corruption<br />

at the aliens police department, four aspects are important from<br />

our point of view. The way in which a member of the aliens police department<br />

tries to achieve his or her goals depends on their labour motivation,<br />

their moral consciousness, their identification with the tasks of the aliens<br />

police department and their judgement on women in general (Pijl, 1991).<br />

The dispositions can be considered as characteristics which can differ individually.<br />

The labour motivation heavily depends on the expectations that<br />

an individual has if they apply for a job with the police. High aspirations,<br />

which are not realised, can be the cause of this motivation. The moral<br />

consciousness and also the judgment of women are influenced by background,<br />

education and other important factors. If an individual is not, or<br />

not sufficiently, socialised with norms about good and bad, respect and<br />

understanding of others, tolerance and so on, they will be disposed to<br />

deviant behaviour. The identification with the tasks of the aliens police<br />

department also depends on the consciousness of norms. An individual<br />

who does not feel himself allied to the task of the aliens police department,<br />

namely the exclusion of illegal foreigners from the Netherlands, is<br />

liable to become corrupt or to skimp on their work.<br />

132


5.4 The dynamic in the transformation-model<br />

In the discussion of the transformation-model it has been stated that there<br />

are feedback processes between the elements. The model can give an<br />

insight into the way in which processes at the micro and meso level can<br />

have consequences for the macro level. In other words, how micro processes<br />

can lead to institutional changes: the dynamic in the model.<br />

The existence of corruption is feedback to the actors in the interactive<br />

system, and in the environment, by means of internal and external flows<br />

of information. The internal flows of information concern the feedback<br />

between the organizations and actors at different levels. Events are formally<br />

or informally spread by the involved persons. The external flows of<br />

information (media) have an additional and sometimes coercive role. The<br />

media, and other indirectly involved people, give publicity to events. The<br />

flows of information draw attention of actors, such as politicians, the<br />

police, institutions, administrators and members of the Public Prosecution<br />

Department, to the presence of corruption and sometimes force them to<br />

take measures quickly. In the case of the corruption at the aliens police<br />

department, the actors would have mainly received information about<br />

aliens legislation that was not properly executed and about the fact that the<br />

discretionary competences of the police officers led to corruption. The<br />

latter is related to the lack of control of the functioning of the aliens<br />

police department. The transformation model supposes progression, i.e. by<br />

giving publicity to corruption; legislation will improve, procedures will be<br />

adjusted for the better, and the political priorities will change. Finally<br />

corruption will occur less often. This is one possibility but we can think of<br />

others.<br />

According to Bakker (chapter 1) corruption affects the legitimacy of<br />

the political, legal and economic institutions. She argued for the existence<br />

of a causal relationship between corruption and decreasing legitimacy.<br />

There is a relationship between the attempt to maintain or restore the<br />

legitimacy of authority and the combat of corruption. In the description of<br />

corruption in the case study, the political and police legitimacy can be<br />

restored by a reduction in the discretionary capacity of the aliens police<br />

department and by more stringent selection criteria. In addition changes in<br />

the legal institutions (legislation concerning aliens law, labour permits)<br />

will positively influence the restoration of the legitimacy. The following<br />

133


scheme can be drawn up after inserting the data from the case in the transformation<br />

model.<br />

6. Conclusions<br />

In this article an attempt has been made to argue the value of an analysis<br />

of the origin of corruption at the micro level. The theory of methodological<br />

individualism is used to answer the question why; under the same<br />

circumstances, one individual behaves corruptly and another does not. The<br />

origin of corruption, approached from the micro perspective, is largely<br />

determined by dispositions, which affect how a person pursues his individual<br />

goals. Therefore the origin of corruption depends not only on transformation<br />

processes at an aggregate level, but also on other, individual,<br />

processes of choice. We have used journalistic material on corruption<br />

within the police department to this end. By means of the transformation<br />

model of Boudon we can conclude that the origin of corruption lies in<br />

factors which are present at the macro and meso level. Economic patterns,<br />

poor legislation and insufficient political supervision are determinants at<br />

the macro level. At the meso level conditions are created which can facilitate<br />

corruption. The presence of organized crime, in which large amounts<br />

of money circulate, and the discretionary competences of the aliens police<br />

officers are important here. Finally, dispositions at the micro level affect<br />

the individual’s choice of corrupt behaviour. Low labour motivation, a<br />

poor awareness of norms, a weak moral responsibility, little identification<br />

with the tasks of the aliens police department, and a negative judgement of<br />

women are dispositions under which corrupt behaviour develops. The<br />

personal background of the officers and the socialisation of norms and<br />

values through upbringing and education form the final elements in the<br />

search for an explanation of individual corruption.<br />

The aspects discussed in this article are insufficiently elaborated and<br />

are hardly based at all on empirical grounds. More research is necessary<br />

into the causal relationships between individual characteristics and corrupt<br />

behaviour. In theory there are sufficient starting points to make such relations<br />

plausible.<br />

We have tried to make clear that the search for explanations for<br />

corruption in a broader perspective is an enrichment of the results this<br />

research will provide.<br />

134


Notes<br />

1. The authors wish to thank Stasja Draisma, Heleen Bakker and Nico Schulte<br />

Nordholt for their critical reading and comments on an earlier draft of this<br />

article and Connie Hoekstra for drawing the graphs and Kunera van der Belt<br />

for translating the original manuscript into English.<br />

2. For an extensive description of the concept of ‘transaction costs’ the reader<br />

is referred to Bakker (chapter 1) and to De Vries (1992).<br />

3. For an overview of recent newspaper-articles see the references at the end of<br />

this article.<br />

4. It would be too digressive to discuss extensively all the theoretical and analytical<br />

implications of this theory. Here the reader is referred to among<br />

others Boudon (1981), Opp and Hümmell (1973) and Lindenberg and Stokman<br />

(1983).<br />

5. Fijnaut asked police functionaries, suspected of corruption, about their corruptive<br />

behaviour. Not one of the interviewees defined his or her behaviouras<br />

corruptive. They rather thought their behaviour ‘stupid’ or ‘beyond the<br />

bounds’, but in their opinion they had not committed ‘real criminal things’.<br />

6. During interviews arguments were given such as ‘working under pressure’,<br />

injustice of the policy’, ‘nobody is harmed by it’, etc. (Fijnaut, 1993).<br />

135


Epilogue<br />

Nico G. Schulte Nordholt & Heleen E. Bakker 1<br />

In the Introduction and Chapter 1, a number of questions were raised. First<br />

of all, it was asked what the source of corruption is. How can differences<br />

in the occurrence of corruption between countries be explained? Which<br />

mechanisms can be held responsible for the introduction and the consolidation<br />

of corruption in a society? A second subject of inquiry was the<br />

relationship between corruption and legitimacy. Does corruption lead to a<br />

straightforward decline of the legitimacy of a regime? It was suggested in<br />

Chapter 1 that legitimacy has different dimensions, and that corruption<br />

may have varying effects on these dimensions. Is this hypothesis<br />

supported? Thirdly, it was argued in Chapter 1 that the new institutional<br />

economics framework may provide better starting points to investigate the<br />

relationship between corruption and legitimacy than the moralist and revisionist<br />

frameworks. It was suggested by Bakker that three instruments<br />

from the new institutional economics toolkit - the concepts of property<br />

rights, principal-agent and transaction costs - offer a more neutral and a<br />

more concise, ‘businesslike’ means for the analysis of the effects of corruption<br />

than moralist and revisionist frameworks. Now what is the added<br />

value of this new approach, which expresses the costs and benefits of<br />

corruption in terms of transaction costs?<br />

In the Epilogue, the findings from the separate Chapters are related to<br />

these questions, in order to assess the merits of the institutional framework<br />

presented in this volume. Next, this volume’s findings are linked to the<br />

results of the Dutch Parliamentary Inquiry on police investigation methods<br />

which were published in February 1996. How should we judge the outcomes<br />

of the Inquiry in view of the arguments that have been brought<br />

forward in this volume? The Epilogue concludes with an exploration of<br />

this question.<br />

With regard to the source of corruption, it is concluded that the concept<br />

of ‘institutional discrepancy’ indeed offers an explanation for this<br />

phenomenon, as was suggested in the Introduction. The degree to which<br />

norms and values of different institutions conflict in a society is essential<br />

to understand why corruption penetrates some societies more than others.<br />

The concept of ‘systemic corruption’, introduced by Caiden and Caiden in<br />

137


1977, is indeed a valid concept. However, this concept should not be<br />

interpreted in a quantitative way, as if systemic corruption were just more<br />

of the same, namely individual corruption. Institutions form the core of the<br />

analysis, not individuals. That this approach is valuable, is confirmed by<br />

the findings of the separate authors. Basu emphasizes that economic<br />

reform should not be isolated from legal and institutional reform. If economic<br />

institutions are not based on a suitable institutional base, the reform<br />

process will stagnate. One of the most basic institutional reforms required,<br />

is that the government lives up to the principle of contract. Every violation<br />

of this principle brings with it the potential for corruption, ‘because<br />

individuals may want to collude to get around the law’.<br />

Following Wertheim’s description of the transition from a patrimonial<br />

to a rational-legal bureaucracy, the analysis of Schulte Nordholt confirms<br />

that horizontal institutional discrepancy is a breeding ground for corruption<br />

in Indonesia. The different norms and values incorporated in old and new<br />

institutions are shown to result in both large and small scale corruption.<br />

There is a clear tension between the functions of the patrimonial bureaucracy<br />

and the modern, developmentalist state in the New Order. Braadbaart<br />

comes to the same conclusion. Several circumstances in the<br />

Indonesian context reinforce the natural inclination of tenderers to ‘conspire’<br />

with a bidding firm (= corruption!). The officials appointed to the<br />

tendering committees are underpaid and therefore forced to generate additional<br />

income. Illegal self-enrichment is institutionalized from the highest<br />

levels down through the ranks. The cross-agency controls and checking<br />

mechanisms that the Indonesian government has introduced in order to<br />

deal with the kickback problem in Indonesia are weakly developed, with<br />

every department and body acting more and less as a self-contained unit.<br />

The condition of transparency, required to bridge the institutional gap, is<br />

not met. Both Braadbaart and Schulte Nordholt agree that transparency is<br />

the key to a more permanent solution of the problem of corruption in<br />

Indonesian society.<br />

However, the origin of corruption depends not only on transformation<br />

processes and institutional discrepancies at an aggregate level, but also on<br />

other, individual, processes of choice. Kroes and De Boer distinguish three<br />

levels: macro, meso and micro. Analogous to Bakker, they describe economic<br />

patterns, poor legislation and inadequate political supervision as<br />

determinants at the macro level. At the meso level, other conditions that<br />

potentially facilitate corruption, are distinguished. The authors look into<br />

the specific case of corruption within the aliens’ police departments in the<br />

138


Netherlands. The large amounts of money that circulate within the context<br />

of organized crime and the discretionary scope of decision making of the<br />

aliens’ police officers are important factors in this case. Finally, dispositions<br />

at the micro level affect an individual’s choice. Low labour<br />

motivation, poor awareness of norms, weak moral responsibility, little<br />

identification with the tasks of the aliens’ police department and a negative<br />

judgement regarding particular groups of people (women in this case) are<br />

factors that contribute to the origin of corruption. The personal background<br />

of the officers and the socialization of norms and values form the final<br />

elements in the search for an explanation of individual corruption.<br />

In analysing the relationship between corruption and legitimacy,<br />

Schulte Nordholt concludes that it is useful to distinguish between the<br />

political, economic and legal dimensions of legitimacy. In some cases, the<br />

high cost economy with its corruption and maladjustments nevertheless<br />

results in economic and political legitimacy, without negatively affecting<br />

the legal legitimacy. In other cases, however, the legal legitimacy of the<br />

regime declines, and at the same time, the regime’s power basis crumbles.<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> is brought before the court, and transparency and clean governance<br />

is called for. However, the OPSTIB anti-corruption campaign is seen<br />

to have had an economic objective as well (to collect an outstanding debt).<br />

The legal combat of corruption thus has a Janus face. Schulte Nordholt<br />

illustrates this with several examples, all stressing the importance of actors<br />

and motives in the discussion on (combatting) corruption. Braadbaart<br />

confirms that political legitimacy and economic efficiency may lead to<br />

conflicting demands upon political leaders. In sensitive branches such as<br />

building construction and civil engineering, contractors have ample opportunities<br />

for tampering with the quality of the product or service they supply.<br />

This creates a natural tendency to move away from the price-competitive<br />

ideal of anonymous tendering towards close cooperation with one<br />

or a few bidders. However, in order not to lose its - legal - legitimacy, the<br />

government must uphold the norm of anonymous tendering vis-a-vis the<br />

public even though relational contracting may provide a better - more efficient<br />

- result, and may thus lead to a higher degree of economic legitimacy.<br />

With regard to the value of the new institutional framework presented<br />

by Bakker in Chapter 1, it is concluded here that the instruments of property<br />

rights, principal-agent and transaction costs indeed offer useful starting<br />

points for the analysis of corruption. The concept of property rights is<br />

closely related to what has been said earlier about the source of corrup-<br />

139


tion. Indeed, property rights need to be clearly established in order to<br />

bridge the institutional gap that is seen to create opportunities for corruption<br />

in a society. Basu agrees with this point of view: economic reforms<br />

should have a sound institutional basis: ‘the enormous costs of grafting the<br />

market system onto economics which do not satisfy the institutional prerequisites<br />

for such a system are evident from the recent experience in<br />

Eastern Europe’. Introducing a market system without satisfying the institutional<br />

conditions that ‘back’ such a system leads to high costs and<br />

reverse effects. Property rights are thus essential in order to bridge the<br />

institutional gap and banish opportunities for corruption.<br />

De Zwart gives an example of an anti-corruption policy that uses the<br />

relationship between a principal and his agents as a lever. The transfer of<br />

government officials indeed succeeds in preventing parochial corruption<br />

(related to the patrimonial state) but at the same time these transfers result<br />

in market corruption (related to the modern, developmentalist state).<br />

Again, there is a clear tension between norms and values of these separate<br />

‘realities’.<br />

The concepts of property rights, principal-agent and transaction cost<br />

seem to be useful starting points to investigate corruption. These instruments<br />

avoid the traps of the moralist and revisionist approach. However,<br />

Schulte Nordholt points out that, when analysing the relationship between<br />

corruption and legitimacy, it is important to know who focuses on ‘corruption’<br />

as an issue, and for what reasons. It is not sufficient to express<br />

the costs and benefits of corruption in transaction costs. In addition, the<br />

actors and their motives should be clearly distinguished, in order to assess<br />

the effect on the legitimacy of a regime: ‘in relation to legitimacy, a clear<br />

distinction has to be made as to what extent the criticism stems from a<br />

feeling by traders, license-holders and managers of being ‘slighted’, or<br />

stems from a more fundamental criticism....Criticisms in the first category<br />

do not directly form a threat to the political and economic legitimacy: the<br />

elite can selectively silence the largest critics by sharing with them the<br />

access to certain economic sources. The second category of criticism does<br />

form a potential threat to the political-economic legitimacy of the Suharto<br />

government...’.<br />

140


The Parliamentary Inquiry<br />

What is the significance of the observations made in this volume in relation<br />

to the results of the Parliamentary Inquiry in the Netherlands on<br />

police investigation methods? The remainder of this Chapter looks into<br />

this question. First, a brief summary of the Parliamentary Inquiry and its<br />

direct cause is given. Second, an observation is made regarding how it<br />

happened that corruption entered this specific field. Third, the question is<br />

asked how the legitimacy that has been negatively affected, can be<br />

restored.<br />

The abuses within one of the Dutch interregional investigation departments<br />

on organized crime, that was in charge of uncovering drug transfers,<br />

were the direct cause of the recent Parliamentary Inquiry on police investigation<br />

methods. One of the investigation methods used by the CID (Criminal<br />

Investigation Department) consisted of the recruitment of an informant<br />

from the criminal circuit who was to brief the CID on drug transfers in the<br />

hope that this would enable the department to trace criminal organizations.<br />

In exchange for this information, the informant was given protection.<br />

However, the whole situation got out of hand. It even came to a point<br />

where the whole apparatus was captured by this one informant. Meanwhile,<br />

officers had become actively involved in the channelling of large<br />

shipments of drugs, and took part in selling these drugs at the market. The<br />

brains behind this operation were two officers from the CID involved<br />

(region Kennemerland), now nicknamed ‘the king’s couple’. Their<br />

superiors within the Public Prosecutor’s Office, who had to give approval<br />

to this ‘controlled channelling of drugs’, were partly aware of what was<br />

going on, but were not familiar with the exact ins and outs of the operation<br />

and the amount of money involved. This partial awareness went up<br />

to the Ministerial level. One thing was clear: it was extremely hard to<br />

withdraw from these illegal activities, the argument being that the safety<br />

of the informant could no longer be guaranteed if the CID was to withdraw<br />

from the operation. Hence the statement that the apparatus was being<br />

‘captured’ by the informant: ‘The investigation department and the Public<br />

Prosecutor’s Office have freed a genie from the lamp which they no<br />

longer control’. 2 In terms of rounding up criminal organizations, the investigation<br />

method did not lead to the desired results. The ultimate objective<br />

of the operation was thus not achieved. However, the informant - and,<br />

possibly, the officers themselves did gain considerable extra income by<br />

141


selling drugs that had been cleared through customs with the CID’s knowledge.<br />

Not all this money has been recovered as yet.<br />

When the public finally got wind of what was going on, a wave of<br />

negative publicity overran the Netherlands, criticizing the investigation<br />

method and questioning the legitimacy of the police departments and the<br />

Public Prosecutor’s Office. The democratic control exercised by both<br />

parliament and press made an end to the improper practices that were<br />

ongoing. 3 A Parliamentary Inquiry Commission was established, under the<br />

Chairmanship of Mr. Maarten van Traa. The Commission worked with a<br />

broad mandate: apart from looking into this particular case, the Commission<br />

also had to present a map of organized crime in the Netherlands.<br />

For this purpose, several in-depth studies were conducted by specialists on<br />

the subject. The separate studies concentrated on organized crime in different<br />

branches, and they also looked into the ethnic composition of criminal<br />

organizations. In total, the final report of the Van Traa Commission comprises<br />

some 5000 pages.<br />

If we link the case described above to Bayley’s definition of corruption<br />

(‘<strong>Corruption</strong>...is a general term covering misuse of authority as a result<br />

of considerations of personal gain’) it is clear that the activities of the<br />

CID officers involved in the channelling of drug transportations and the<br />

selling of the drugs at the market, come within this definition. What<br />

started out as a method to fight organized crime soon led to a cooperation<br />

with organized crime. This may not have been deliberate in the beginning,<br />

but it certainly evolved into this in the end. The objective was thought to<br />

justify all possible means, but in the excitement of the game, people lost<br />

track of the objective and concentrated on the means only. It is clear that<br />

the ‘king’s couple’ personally benefitted from the obscure transactions,<br />

which makes their behaviour truly ‘corrupt’ in the sense of Bayley’s definition.<br />

4 However, the thin line between activities that fell within the scope<br />

of the assignment and activities that fell outside this scope, was crossed on<br />

several occasions. This points to a more structural phenomenon, which<br />

cannot be explained by the personalities of the ‘king’s couple’ only.<br />

Officers used their competences to infiltrate into the criminal circuit.<br />

At the same time, criminal organizations tried to infiltrate the police departments<br />

and the Public Prosecutor’s Office. The separate studies show<br />

that international criminal organizations have a majority share in drug<br />

trade. Criminologists Fijnaut and Bovenkerk studied this in detail.<br />

Fijnaut’s conclusion is that there are approximately 35 ‘white’ networks in<br />

the Netherlands, especially involved in the trade in soft drugs. In addition,<br />

142


dozens of foreign networks are active. A kind of task division has<br />

evolved: heroin comes in mainly from Turkey and China, and cocaine<br />

comes in from Morocco, Surinam and other South American countries. 5<br />

Bovenkerk almost caused a row when he declared in front of the Inquiry<br />

Commission that the percentage of Turks living in Amsterdam and<br />

involved in drug trade reached the figure of some tens. He later rephrased<br />

this and said it was ‘a very considerable amount’. 6 In any case, it is clear<br />

that the lion’s share of criminal organizations related to drug trade in the<br />

Netherlands originates from overseas. These organisations send their vanguards,<br />

who engage in criminal activities, to the Netherlands. Attempts to<br />

infiltrate into the Dutch legal system and the police departments have been<br />

reported. The Parliamentary Inquiry has even revealed an attempt by the<br />

former Commander of the Surinamese armed forces, Desi Bouterse, who is<br />

believed to be heavily involved in drug transactions himself, to infiltrate<br />

the police force. On the whole, however, Fijnaut concludes that the organized<br />

crime has, at the moment, hardly any roots in Dutch public bodies<br />

such as the Public Prosecutor’s Office and the police force. 7<br />

How did corruption enter the field? This case confirms the hypothesis<br />

of institutional discrepancy as a breeding ground for corruption. There is<br />

hardly any regulation concerning investigation methods used to round up<br />

criminal organizations, and control mechanisms are absent as well. The<br />

Parliamentary Inquiry underlined the image of a ‘disrupted and rudderless<br />

legal apparatus’. 8 Up to the highest level, that of the Minister of Justice,<br />

the legal apparatus was ‘frightened’ by the impression (created and sustained<br />

by the central investigation information department) that the Netherlands<br />

was being flooded with criminal organizations that tried to infiltrate<br />

into the highest levels of the public service. In order to countervail this<br />

development, the criminal investigation departments were practically given<br />

‘carte blanche’ as regards their investigation methods. There were no legal<br />

frameworks for investigation methods, no guidelines, no set conditions,<br />

and no checks and balances. Communication between the CID and the<br />

Public Prosecutor’s Officer was not formalized, and the superiors had no<br />

insight into the activities of the investigation departments. The difference<br />

in culture between the main actors in this game, the CID and the Public<br />

Prosecutor’s Office, added to the absence of smooth working relations<br />

between them. The result of all this was that CID officers to a large extent<br />

operated by themselves, independent from their superiors within the Public<br />

Prosecutor’s Office. This lack of legal and administrative institutions pro-<br />

143


vided an ideal situation for people to take responsibility into their own<br />

hands, resulting in abuses and, finally, corruption.<br />

In addition to this horizontal institutional discrepancy, the vertical<br />

institutional discrepancy contributed to the rise of abuses and corrupt<br />

practices as well. Fijnaut points to the fact that some sectors are extremely<br />

sensitive to crime, and, as a result of this, open possibilities for corruption.<br />

He lists the examples of the transport sector and the hotel and catering<br />

industry. 9 This is in line with Braadbaart’s observations regarding the<br />

construction and civil engineering sector in Indonesia (Chapter 5) and<br />

Carduner’s statement regarding capital-intensive construction works in<br />

Bangladesh. These sectors have a ‘higher misappropriation potential’. 10<br />

Why are the transport sector and the hotel and catering industry in the<br />

Netherlands more sensitive to crime? Both sectors are highly internationalized,<br />

which makes it harder to control them effectively. The Rotterdam<br />

harbour is still the biggest in the world, and to control every incoming<br />

shipment is an impossibility. The hotel and catering industry is, to a great<br />

extent, in hands of groups of foreigners, who may operate as vanguards<br />

for criminal organizations in their home countries. For a national criminal<br />

investigation department, it is extremely difficult to obtain information on<br />

these closed criminal circuits. If we express this in new institutional concepts,<br />

we can say that high transaction costs are involved. However, there<br />

is no alternative since international control of organized crime is still in its<br />

infancy. The fact that international transactions are hard to control by<br />

national governments, and that there are no international organizations that<br />

can effectively take over this task, adds to the vertical institutional discrepancy.<br />

Both the horizontal and the vertical variant are seen to be breeding<br />

grounds for corruption.<br />

There is a clear relation with the three levels of analysis presented by<br />

Kroes and De Boer: factors at the macro level (the enormous flows of<br />

money resulting from drug trade, vertical institutional discrepancy); at the<br />

meso level (horizontal institutional discrepancy, lack of regulation, disturbed<br />

working relations between the police departments and the Public<br />

Prosecutor’s Office) and at the micro level (the personalities of the two<br />

police officers in question) are seen to play a significant role in this particular<br />

case.<br />

Obviously, the legitimacy of the CID branch involved has been<br />

severely damaged as a result of the events. However, the crisis does not<br />

restrict itself to this particular CID: the legitimacy of other police departments<br />

has also been affected, and so has the legitimacy of the Public<br />

144


Prosecutor’s Office and the politicians responsible. Indeed, at the height of<br />

the crisis, the credibility of the constitutional state as such was at stake:<br />

‘The Inquiry gradually reaches the maximum pain level a nation can<br />

bear’. 11 Meanwhile the results of the Parliamentary Inquiry have been<br />

published and the debate about the necessary policy reforms is in process.<br />

The important question that now needs to be answered is how the damage<br />

done can be repaired, and how the legitimacy of the various actors can be<br />

restored.<br />

The conclusions of the Chairman of the Parliamentary Inquiry Commission,<br />

Mr. Van Traa, are threefold. First, the existing regulations are not<br />

sufficient. Secondly, the existing regulations are obsolete. Thirdly, the<br />

existing regulations are not observed. Therefore, the Van Traa Commission<br />

recommends that abuses like these be prevented in the future by<br />

the issuing of new guidelines to regulate the behaviour of the actors<br />

involved. The underlying thought is that if clear procedures are<br />

established, there will be no scope for misunderstanding as regards responsibilities,<br />

competences, and lines of communication and authority. In<br />

new institutional concepts: if property rights are clearly defined and the<br />

relationship between principal and agent is subjected to clear procedures,<br />

the institutional discrepancy will decrease. Regulation as such is not sufficient:<br />

control mechanisms have to be built into the decision making<br />

process as well. The road to clean administration thus begins with a set of<br />

transparent and balanced procedures, according to Van Traa. This is in line<br />

with Schulte Nordholt: ‘Changes have to be aimed at more transparency<br />

of administration’. Braadbaart follows the same line of reasoning: ‘...it is<br />

also important that the government drafts a set of transparent national<br />

rules...’.<br />

When the Van Traa report was first published, the Commission’s<br />

recommendations met with approval. The public shared Van Traa’s view<br />

that the persons responsible for the abuses had to be retaliated against,<br />

even at the highest level. Subjecting the use of informants from the criminal<br />

circuit and the channelling of drug shipments to detailed regulation<br />

seemed a good starting point to prevent abuses. However, the tone of the<br />

debate has gradually changed. At the moment, a reorganization of the<br />

Public Prosecutor’s Office is ongoing, but it is not very likely that further<br />

steps will be taken against any of the actors actually involved. The suggestion<br />

to regulate and standardize the investigation methods meets with<br />

resistance from the criminal investigation departments, who claim that they<br />

cannot do their job (i.e. rounding up criminal organizations) if every step<br />

145


they make has to be approved of. Politicians, among whom the current<br />

Minister of Justice, are against too detailed regulation as well, arguing that<br />

each case has to be judged on its own merits. The Minister even wishes to<br />

permit the ‘controlled channelling of drugs’ in certain cases. The Van Traa<br />

recommendations seem to have lost their momentum. Why is this so?<br />

Rather than being subjected to detailed administrative procedures and<br />

control mechanisms, the actors involved want to maintain their own scope<br />

of decision making. In Basu’s words, their ‘bureaucratic instinct’ aims for<br />

as large a scope of decision making as possible. In order to prevent misuse<br />

of authority and other forms of corrupt behaviour, they argue that the<br />

people that are engaged in the combatting of criminal activities such as<br />

drug transfers should be trusted to do so. In order to justify this trust,<br />

Fijnaut considers the individual quality of the officers and the corps spirit<br />

to be important levers for policy. 12<br />

To guarantee the individual quality of the officers, the recruitment of<br />

agents is an important policy instrument. A strict selection at the gate is<br />

seen as a means to control the composition of the departments and the<br />

quality of the officers. However, this involves some risks. For example,<br />

the recruitment of ethnic minorities should be guaranteed. At the moment,<br />

ethnic minorities are hardly represented within the investigation departments,<br />

or, for that matter, within the Public Prosecutor’s Office. Without<br />

the involvement of officers with such a background, it will prove extremely<br />

difficult to obtain information on criminal organizations that<br />

originate from overseas and send their vanguards to the Netherlands.<br />

Because the criminal circuits are closed and not easily accessible to Dutch<br />

police officers, information can only be obtained at high transaction costs.<br />

However, if a policy of positive discrimination for ethnic minorities is<br />

adopted, the door may be opened for infiltration by these criminal organizations<br />

originating from overseas. The Parliamentary Inquiry has revealed<br />

some such attempts to infiltrate that were undertaken in the recent past.<br />

Another lever for preventing abuses is the social control exercised at<br />

the meso level. The argument is that when people are working closely<br />

together in small units, a climate of social control automatically arises.<br />

Officers are aware of each other’s activities and will intervene if one of<br />

their colleagues engages in unacceptable behaviour. However, the reverse<br />

may also be true: if the majority of officers engages in corrupt practices,<br />

this behaviour may gradually become accepted instead of being condemned.<br />

13 The Parliamentary Inquiry shows that this is exactly what<br />

happened: gradually it became harder and harder to distinguish the thin<br />

146


line between what is acceptable and what is not. The disturbed working<br />

relations between investigation departments and the Public Prosecutor’s<br />

Office and between various investigation departments themselves, led to<br />

the withholding of important information.<br />

At first sight, the safeguarding of the individual quality of officers<br />

and/or the social control as means to prevent corruption involves less cost<br />

than the introduction of detailed regulation. Basu rightly argues that maintaining<br />

regulations and enforcing control mechanisms is a costly affair,<br />

and that policy makers generally fail to realize this. These hidden costs are<br />

really transaction costs; they are normally not included in the cost-benefit<br />

analysis of a certain policy. Consequently, the Parliamentary Inquiry Commission<br />

does not express a view on this matter. Basu argues that the<br />

government should not overlook these costs of regulation. If governments<br />

do not adopt the principle of efficient pricing and the principle of contract,<br />

this will lead to excessive costs and reverse effects in terms of efficiency.<br />

Therefore, it is important, in combatting corruption, to pay attention to the<br />

points of monitoring: ‘Most illegal acts can be monitored from several<br />

places. Between two points of monitoring, which are equally suitable for<br />

controlling an illegal act, one may however have the side-effect of generating<br />

a larger bureaucracy and meddlesomeness...the cost difference<br />

between right and wrong here is much larger than people realize’.<br />

So which option is best? Regulate the investigation methods, as the<br />

Van Traa Commission recommends, or trust upon the quality of the individual<br />

officers and grant them a large scope in decision making, as has<br />

been the practice? The Parliamentary Inquiry Commission is definitely not<br />

in favour of the latter option. The broad scope of decision making that the<br />

CID officers claimed for themselves, and were given by their superiors in<br />

the past, resulted in the channelling of at least 65 containers with 300.000<br />

kilos of drugs in the period 1992-1995. At least 40.000 kilos were sold at<br />

the users market, and another 84.000 kilos have disappeared out of the<br />

CID’s sight. 14 This is not a result to be proud of, and therefore, we are<br />

inclined to support the Commission’s findings. 15 If property rights are<br />

clearly established and the relationship between principals and agents is<br />

streamlined by transparent procedures, the institutional gap as a breeding<br />

ground of corruption will be diminished. However, in deciding upon the<br />

appropriate regulation, the costs of this regulation should be taken into<br />

account, including the hidden transaction costs. Following Basu, due<br />

attention should be given to the points for monitoring.<br />

147


Notes<br />

1. The authors wish to thank Lucas Kroes (International Police Institute of<br />

Twente [IPIT]) for commenting on an earlier draft. His inputs regarding the<br />

proceedings and the results of the Parliamentary Inquiry on police investigation<br />

methods proved particularly valuable.<br />

2. Elsevier, September 23, 1995.<br />

3. Schulte Nordholt points out that this could not be achieved in Indonesia,<br />

where the democratic culture required to put an end to malpractices of the<br />

Indonesian government, is lacking (Chapter 4).<br />

4. One of the informants used by the CID involved, was free to sell the deck<br />

cargo of the drug shipments, fruit juices in this case, to his own profit<br />

(which led the Commission to nickname him the ‘lemonade man’). He was<br />

given half a million Dutch guilders by the CID to go into hiding and not be<br />

heard by the Parliamentary Inquiry Commission. The sister of the Chief of<br />

the CID was later given a job in one of the informant’s branches in South<br />

America. One close colleague of the CID Chief was ‘running’ a network of<br />

informants even after he had left the police department. In this capacity he<br />

channelled 300.000 Dutch guilders, paid to him by criminals, to the CID<br />

(Elsevier, November 18, 1995).<br />

5. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />

6. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />

7. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />

8. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />

9. Elsevier, November 18, 1995.<br />

10. Carduner, 1987, p.5.<br />

11. Elsevier, October 14, 1995.<br />

12. Fijnaut, C., 1993.<br />

13. Bakker quotes Gould, who states that in a tolerant culture, the amount of<br />

corruption is inclined to increase rather than decrease (Chapter 1).<br />

14. Elsevier, October 14, 1995.<br />

15. The findings of Kroes and De Boer regarding corruption within the aliens’<br />

police departments point into the same direction: in this case, people could<br />

not handle the scope of decision making they were confronted with either. In<br />

a setting where officers are not subjected to clear control mechanisms,<br />

norms are gradually lifted, finally resulting in abuses and corruption.<br />

148


Note on the Authors<br />

Drs. Heleen E. Bakker has a background in Public and Development<br />

Administration. She has joined the Technology and Development Group<br />

(University of Twente) in 1994. She has a strong interest in development<br />

economics, processes of nation building, institutional development, and<br />

models of governance. Her field experience is in East Africa where she<br />

carried out an evaluation study of the bottom-up identification and<br />

planning process in the water sector in Baringo and West-Pokot districts<br />

(Kenya). Drs. Bakker can be contacted at the Technology and Development<br />

Group, University of Twente, P.O. Box 217, 7500 AE Enschede,<br />

the Netherlands. Phone: +31-53-4893534/45, fax: +31-53-4893087, email:<br />

h.e.bakker@tdg.utwente.nl<br />

Dr. Nico G. Schulte Nordholt is a Political Anthropologist working at the<br />

Technology and Development Group (University of Twente). From 1969<br />

to 1983 he lived in Indonesia where he worked at various universities.<br />

From 1984 to 1988 he was advisor to BAPPEDA, the Development and<br />

Planning Board of the Province of West Java, Indonesia. He regularly<br />

publishes on development issues in Indonesia and on the subject of institutional<br />

development. From 1987 to 1991 he was involved in a Dutch-<br />

Indonesian collaborative research on policy issues and problems related to<br />

the industrialization process in rural West Java. He edited the results of<br />

this research in Deregulation, Local Finance and Employment Opportunities<br />

in West Java (1992). He was co-editor to SISWO publication no.<br />

384, Privatisation Experiences in African and Asian Countries (1994). Dr.<br />

Schulte Nordholt can be contacted at the Technology and Development<br />

Group, University of Twente, P.O. Box 217, 7500 AE Enschede, the<br />

Netherlands. Phone: +31-53-4893533/45, fax: +31-53-4893087, email:<br />

n.g.schultenordholt@tdg.utwente.nl<br />

Kaushik Basu is Professor of Economics at the Department of Economics,<br />

Cornell University and Director of the Centre for Development Economics,<br />

Delhi School of Economics, Delhi, India. He has also held visiting<br />

positions at the Institute of Advanced Studies, Princeton, and the London<br />

School of Economics, where he was ‘Distinguished Visitor’ in 1993. A<br />

Fellow of the Economic Society and a recipient of the Mahalanobis<br />

Memorial Award for contributions to economics, Kaushik Basu has pub-<br />

149


lished widely in the areas of development, industrial organization, welfare<br />

economics and game theory. His books include The Less Developed Economy<br />

(1984), a revised version of which is to be published by the MIT<br />

Press, and Lectures in Industrial Organization Theory (1993). Professor<br />

Basu can be contacted at the Department of Economics, Cornell University,<br />

Uris Hall, Ithaca, New York 14853-7601, U.S.A. Phone: +1-607-255-<br />

2525/4218, fax: +1-607-2552818, email: kb40@cornell.edu<br />

Dr. Frank de Zwart studied Cultural and Social Anthropology at the University<br />

of Amsterdam. He specialized on South Asia. Subjects of his<br />

interest are: political anthropology, sociology of organization, political<br />

structure and public administration in India. From 1985 to 1990, he<br />

worked at the department of Cultural Anthropology/Non-Western Sociology<br />

at the University of Amsterdam. From 1990 onwards, he has been<br />

head of the department Governance in Non-Western Countries at the University<br />

of Leiden. Dr. De Zwart can be contacted at the Faculty of Social<br />

Sciences, University of Leiden, Wassenaarseweg 52, 2333 AK, Leiden, the<br />

Netherlands. Phone: +31-71-5273896/88, fax: +31-71-5273979, email:<br />

Zwart@rulfsw.LeidenUniv.nl<br />

Dr. Okke Braadbaart is an Economic Anthropologist. He was stationed in<br />

Java, Indonesia, in 1987 and again from 1989 to 1992. During this period<br />

he was attached to the West Java Rural Nonfarm Sector Research Project<br />

funded by the Netherlands Ministry of Foreign Affairs. He subsequently<br />

conducted field research on the textile and engineering industries, which<br />

resulted in a PhD on the industrial economics and politics of the<br />

Indonesian textile machine industry (1994) as well as a number of publications<br />

on industrial water use and pollution. He has taught Applied Anthropology<br />

at the University of Nijmegen and was a visiting scholar at the<br />

Technology and Development Group, University of Twente, in 1995. Okke<br />

Braadbaart is presently giving lectures at the International Institute for<br />

Infrastructural Hydraulic and Environmental Engineering (IHE). Dr.<br />

Braadbaart can be contacted at: IHE, P.O.Box 3015, 2601 DA Delft, the<br />

Netherlands. Phone: +31-15-2151772, fax: +31-15-2122921.<br />

Drs. Lucas Kroes studied Sociology and Criminology at the University of<br />

Groningen and started working for the International Police Institute of<br />

Twente (IPIT) at the University of Twente in 1992. He has published<br />

books and articles on various subjects related to police and crime. He is<br />

150


mainly occupied with the evaluation of police innovation programmes and<br />

the effectiveness of the police. Drs. Kroes can be contacted at the International<br />

Police Institute of Twente, University of Twente, P.O. Box 217,<br />

7500 AE Enschede, the Netherlands. Phone: +31-53-4894057/3917, fax:<br />

+31-53-4892255, email: l.kroes@bsk.utwente.nl<br />

Drs. Coby de Boer studied Public Administration and Public Policy at the<br />

University of Twente. She graduated in 1994 on the topic of ‘Organized<br />

Crime and the Local Government’.<br />

151


References<br />

* Anant, T.C.A., Gangopadhyay, Shubashis and Goswami, Omkar, Industrial<br />

Sickness in India: Characteristics, Determinants, and History, 1970-1990,<br />

mimeo: I.S.I., Delhi, 1993.<br />

* Bardach, E., and R. Kagan, Going by the Book: The Problem of Regulatory<br />

Unreasonableness, Lexington: Lexington Books, 1982.<br />

* Barendse, M.H.C., en W.M. van Gemert, Corruptie: integriteit in breder<br />

perspectief, Modus, 3e jaargang, nr. 6, 1994, pp. 2-4.<br />

* Baron, J.N., and M.T. Hannan, The Impact of Economics on Contemporary<br />

Sociology, in: Journal of Economic Literature 32, 1994, pp. 1111-1146.<br />

* Bastin, J., L. Smith en N.G. Schulte Nordholt, Het zesde cabinet van<br />

Soeharto: mogelijkheden voor take-off, in: Internationale Spectator vol. 47,<br />

1993, pp. 440-446.<br />

* Basu, K., The Right to Give Up Rights, in: Economica, vol. 51, 1984.<br />

* Basu K., Technological Stagnation, Tenurial Laws and Adverse Selection,<br />

in: American Economic Review, vol. 79, 1989.<br />

* Basu, K., Markets, Laws and Governments, in: Jalan, B. (ed.), The Indian<br />

Economy: Problems and Prospects, Viking, Penguin India, 1992.<br />

* Basu, K., S. Bhattacharya and A. Mishra, Notes on Bribery and the Control<br />

of <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Journal of Public Economics, vol. 48, 1992, pp. 349-359.<br />

* Basu, K., Strucural Reform in India, 1991-93: Experience and Agenda, in:<br />

Economic and Political Weekly, November 27, 1993.<br />

* Basu, K., The Institutional and Legal Prerequisites of Economic Reform in<br />

India, paper presented at IDPAD conference, 29-30 November 1994.<br />

* Basu, K., Do India’s Labor Laws Hurt Indian Laborers? A Theoretical<br />

Investigation, mimeo: Cornell University, 1995.<br />

* Basu, K., India’s Structural Adjustment and the Need for Institutional Reform,<br />

in: Ras, C.H.H. & H. Linnemann (eds), Economic Reform and Poverty<br />

Alleviation in India, Sage, New Delhi, 1996.<br />

* Bayley, D.H., The Effects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in a Developing Nation, in: Western<br />

Political Quarterly, 19,4, 1996, pp. 719-32.<br />

* Bayley, D.H., The Effects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in a Developing Nation, in: Heidenheimer,<br />

A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A<br />

Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 935-952.<br />

* Becker, G., The economic approach to human behaviour, University of<br />

Chicago Press, Chicago, 1976.<br />

* Benda, H.J., The pattern of administrative reforms in the closing years of<br />

Dutch rule in Indonesia, in: Journal of Asian Studies no. 25, 1966, pp. 589-<br />

605.<br />

153


* Boudon, R., De logica van het sociale: een inleiding tot het sociologisch<br />

denken, Alphen a.d. Rijn/Brussel: Samsom Uitgeverij, 1981.<br />

* Braadbaart, O. (forthcoming), Regulatory Strategies and Rational Polluters.<br />

Industrial Waste-Water Control in Indonesia, 1982-1992, in: Third World<br />

Planning Review.<br />

* Braadbaart, O., The Nuts and Bolts of Industry Growth. Textile Equipment<br />

Manufacturing in Indonesia, PhD Thesis, University of Nijmegen, Nijmegen,<br />

1994.<br />

* Braadbaart, O., Machine Tools and the Indonesian Engineering Subsector:<br />

Consumption Trends and Localisation Efforts in the 1980s, in: Bulletin of<br />

Indonesian Economic Studies, vol. 32, no. 2, August 1996, pp. 75-104.<br />

* Brasz, H.A., The Sociology of <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Heidenheimer, A.J.(ed.),<br />

Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative Analysis, New Brunswick,<br />

New Jersey: Transaction Books, 1970, pp. 41-45.<br />

* Bryant, C., and L.G. Whyte, Managing Development in the Third World,<br />

Boulder, Colorado, Westview Press, 1982.<br />

* Buchanan, J.M., R.D. Tollison en G. Tullock, Towards a Theory of the Rent<br />

Seeking Society, College Station, 1980.<br />

* Bunt, H.G. van de, Het bederf komt van binnenuit, in: Nederlands Juristen<br />

Blad, afl. 45/46, 16 december 1994, pp. 1576-1577.<br />

* Caiden G.E., and N.J. Caiden, Administrative <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Public Administration<br />

Review, May-June 1977, pp. 301-309.<br />

* Caiden, G.E., and N.J. Caiden, Administrative <strong>Corruption</strong> (1977), Revisited<br />

paper presented at the Third International Conference Ethics in the Public<br />

Service, Jerusalem, June 6-11, 1993.<br />

* Card, D. and A. Krueger, Minimum Wages and employment: A Case Study<br />

of the Fast-Food Industry in New Jersey and Pensylvania, in: American<br />

Economic Review, vol. 94, 1994.<br />

* Carduner, O., The Impact of <strong>Corruption</strong> on Rural Development,<br />

USAID/Dhaka, 1987.<br />

* Carter, D.L., Hispanic perspection of police performance: an empirical<br />

assessment, in: Journal of Criminal Justice, Vol. 13, 1985, pp. 487-499.<br />

* Chambers, R., Rural Development. Putting the Last First, London, Longman<br />

Group, 1983.<br />

* Chander, H., Contract of Employment and Management Prerogatives, Vijaya<br />

Publication, 1994.<br />

* Clark, J., Democratizing Development: the Role of Voluntary Organizations,<br />

London, Earthscan, 1991.<br />

* Coleman, J.S., Modernisation: Political Aspects, in: D.L. Sills (ed.), International<br />

Encyclopeadia of Social Sciences, volume 10, New York, McMillan,<br />

1986, pp. 395-402.<br />

154


* Coser, L. A., Greedy Institutions. Patterns of Undivided Commitment, New<br />

York, The Free Press, 1974.<br />

* Crozier, M., The Bureaucratic Phenomenon, London, Tavistock Publications,<br />

1964.<br />

* Dagblad Tubantia, Zonder te betalen loopt de politieagent de cafetaria uit,<br />

15 april 1994.<br />

* Dagblad Tubantia, ‘Het vlees is zwak, al zit het nog zo keurig in het pak’,<br />

30 juli 1994.<br />

* Datta Chaudhuri, Mrinal, Labor Markets as Social Institutions in India,<br />

Working Paper 16, Centre for Development Economics, Delhi School of<br />

Economics 1994.<br />

* De Telegraaf, ‘Foute’ politieman waarschuwt agenten tegen corruptie, 11<br />

april 1994.<br />

* De Volkskrant, Politiecorruptie, 15 april 1995.<br />

* Delattre, E.J., Character and cops: ethics in policing, Washington DC,<br />

American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989.<br />

* Deschouwer, K. (ed.), David Easton: Een Systeemanalyse van het Politieke<br />

Leven, Leuven/Amersfoort: Acco, 1993.<br />

* Dick, A., Information, Enforcement Costs and Cartel Stability: An Empirical<br />

Investigation, mimeo: University of California at Los Angeles, 1994.<br />

* Dimento, J.F., Environmental Law and American Business. Dilemmas of<br />

Compliance, New York, Plenum Press, 1986.<br />

* Dogan, M., Introduction: Strains on <strong>Legitimacy</strong>, in: Dogan, M. (ed), Comparing<br />

Pluralist Democracies: Strains on <strong>Legitimacy</strong>, Westview Press, 1988,<br />

pp. 1-18.<br />

* Doorn, J.A.A. van, De laatste eeuw van Indië: Ontwikkelingen en Ondergang<br />

van een Koloniaal Project, Amsterdam, Bakker, 1994.<br />

* Drazen, A., Optimal Minimum Wage legislation, in: Economic Journal, vol.<br />

96, 1986.<br />

* Dreze, J., and A. Sen, Hunger and Public Action, Clarendon Press, 1989.<br />

* Dye, T.R., <strong>Legitimacy</strong>, Governments and Markets, in: Dye, T.R. (ed), The<br />

Political <strong>Legitimacy</strong> of Markets and Governments, 1990, pp. 3-18.<br />

* Economica, 4, 1937, pp. 386-405. Reprinted in: Stigler, G.J. and K.E.<br />

Boulding (eds.), Readings in Price Theory, 1952.<br />

* Eisenhardt, K.M., Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review, in: Academy<br />

of Management Review 14, 1989, pp. 57-74.<br />

* Elders, J.L.M., Legitimiteit en Recht, in: Brugmans, E.H.L., en J.L.M.<br />

Elders (eds.), Recht en Legitimiteit, serie Rechtsfilosofie en Rechtstheorie 5,<br />

1987, pp. 15-16.<br />

* Fagg, D.D., Authority and Social Structure: a Study in Javanese Bureaucracy,<br />

Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University (mircrofilm), 1958.<br />

155


* Fasseur, C., De indologen: Ambtenaren voor de Oost 1825-1950, Uitgeverij<br />

Bert Bakker, 1993.<br />

* Fields, G., Changing Labour Market Conditions and Economic Development<br />

in Hong Kong, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan, mimeo: Cornell University,<br />

1993.<br />

* Fijnaut, C., Politiële corruptie in Nederland, Arnhem, Gouda Quint, 1993.<br />

* Fletcher, J., Ch’ing Inner Asia c. 1800, in: D. Twitchett and J.K. Fairbank<br />

(eds.), The Cambridge History of China, Vol. 10, Cambridge University<br />

Press, 1978, pp. 35-107.<br />

* Gould, D.J., Bureaucratic <strong>Corruption</strong> and Underdevelopment in the Third<br />

World: The Case of Zaire, Pergamon Press, 1980.<br />

* Government of India, The Indian Contract Act, New Delhi, 1872.<br />

* Government of India, Industrial Disputes Act, New Delhi, 1947.<br />

* Government of India, Delhi Rent Control Act, New Delhi, 1958.<br />

* Government of India, Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, New<br />

Delhi, 1969.<br />

* Government of India, Bounded Labour System (Abolition) Act, New Delhi,<br />

1976.<br />

* Groenewegen, J., About Double Organized Markets: Issues of Competition<br />

and Cooperation. The Dutch Construction Cartel, in: Journal of Economic<br />

Issues 28, 1994, pp. 901-908.<br />

* Gupta, R., The Poverty Trap: Lessons from Dharampur, in: D.C. Korten and<br />

F.B. Alfonso (eds.), Bureaucracy and the Poor Closing the Gap, Asian<br />

Institute of Management, Manilla, 1981, pp. 114-130.<br />

* Heidenheimer, A.J. (ed), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative<br />

Analysis, Transaction Publishers, 1970.<br />

* Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />

A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989.<br />

* Hoekema, A.J., Legitimiteit door Legaliteit, over het Recht van de Overheid,<br />

Ars Aequi Libri, 1991.<br />

* Howard, Ph.K., The Death of Common Sense, Random House, 1995.<br />

* Huberts, L., Machtsbederf staat op politieke agenda, maar meeste overheden<br />

blijven nog passief, in: Binnenlands Bestuur Management, 28 januari 1994,<br />

pp. 4-7.<br />

* Hulp of Handel? Een evaluatie-onderzoek van het programma Ontwikkelingsrelevante<br />

Exporttransacties, Den Haag: Inspectie Ontwikkelingssamenwerking<br />

te Velde, DGIS, 1990.<br />

* Hulten, M. van, Corruptie in Ontwikkelingslanden, in: Maandblad voor<br />

Accountancy en Bedrijfseconomie, 69e jaargang, nummer 1/2, januari/februari<br />

1995.<br />

* Huntington, S.P., Political Order in Changing Societies, Yale University<br />

Press, 1968.<br />

156


* Huntington, S. P., Modernization and <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Heidenheimer, A.J., M.<br />

Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A Handbook, Transaction<br />

Publishers, 1989, pp. 377-388.<br />

* Indonesian State Railways, Facts and Figures 1990, 1990.<br />

* Jalan, B. (ed.), The Indian Economy: Problems and Prospects, Viking: Penguin<br />

India, 1992.<br />

* Johnston, M., <strong>Corruption</strong>, Inequality and Change, in: Ward, P.M.(ed.), <strong>Corruption</strong>,<br />

Development and Inequality: Soft Touch or Hard Graft?, Routledge,<br />

1989, pp. 13-37.<br />

* Klitgaard, R., Controlling <strong>Corruption</strong>, University of California Press,<br />

Berkeley, 1988.<br />

* Klitgaard, R., Incentive Myopia, in: World Development 17, 1989, pp. 447-<br />

459.<br />

* Klitgaard, R., Adjusting to Reality. Beyond ‘State Versus Market’ in Economic<br />

Development, San Fransisco, ICS Press, 1991.<br />

* Korten, D.C., and F.B. Alfonso, Bureaucracy and the Poor: Closing the<br />

Gap, Asian Institute of Management, Manilla, 1981.<br />

* Kroes, L., L.L. Meiberg en G.J.N. Bruinsma, Vernieuwingen in Politiezorg.<br />

Een tussentijdse rapportage van een evaluatie van de bestuursafspraak bij<br />

de politie Enschede, IPIT Boekenreeks nr. 4, Universiteit Twente, 1994.<br />

* Krueger, A., The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society, in: American<br />

Economic Review, no. 64, 1974, pp. 291-303.<br />

* Kurer, O., Clientelism, <strong>Corruption</strong> and the Allocation of Resources, in: Public<br />

Choice, vol. 77, 1993, pp. 259-273.<br />

* Leff, N.H., Economic Development through Bureaucratic <strong>Corruption</strong>, in:<br />

Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />

A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 389-403.<br />

* Leys, C., What is the Problem About <strong>Corruption</strong>?, in: Heidenheimer, A.J.,<br />

M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A Handbook,<br />

Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 51-66.<br />

* Lindenberg, S., W. Arts en R. Wippler, Gedrag en structuur: de relevantie<br />

van microtheorieën voor de verklaring van macroverschijnselen, Rotterdam,<br />

Universitaire Pers, in: Mens en Maatschappij, 1976, pp. 1-20.<br />

* Lindenberg, S., en F.N. Stokman, Modellen in de sociologie. Bundel aangeboden<br />

aan I. Gadourek bij zijn 25-jarig jubileum als hoogleraar aan de<br />

Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, Van Loghum Slaterus, Deventer, 1983.<br />

* Lindenberg, S., J.S. Coleman and S. Nowak, Approaches to Social theory,<br />

New York, Russel Sage Foundation, 1986.<br />

* Love, A.R., Development Cooperation: Efforts and Policies of the Members<br />

of the Development Aid Committee, OECD, Paris, 1993.<br />

157


* Martinussen, J. (ed), New Institutional Economics and Development Theory,<br />

International Development Studies, occasional paper no.6, Roskilde University,<br />

1993.<br />

* Mauss, M., The Gift. The Form and Reason for Exchange in Archaic<br />

Societies, London: Routledge, 1990.<br />

* Merton, R.K., Bureaucratic Structure and Personality, in: Merton et al.<br />

(eds.), Reader in Bureaucracy, Glencoe I11., The Free Press, 1952.<br />

* Metha, G., Plum Police Postings for a Price, in: Times of India, Ahmedabad,<br />

July 31, 1990.<br />

* Mishra, A., Bribery and the Economics in Enforcement, Mimeo (part of the<br />

PhD thesis submitted to Delhi University), 1993.<br />

* Mobility Patterns in State Government Departments in India, in: Indian<br />

Journal of Public Administration, XXXIV,4, 1988, pp. 907-32.<br />

* Moe, T., The New Economics of Organization, in: American Journal of<br />

Political Science 28, 1984, pp. 739-777.<br />

* Moore, M., Competition and Pluralism in Public Bureaucracies, in: IDS<br />

Bulletin 23, 1992, pp. 65-77.<br />

* Morton, J., Bent Coppers: a survey of police corruption, London, Little,<br />

Brown and Company, 1993.<br />

* Myrdal, G., The Challenge of World Poverty. 4 World Anti-Poverty Programme<br />

in Outline, New York, Vintage Books, 1970.<br />

* Myrdal, G., <strong>Corruption</strong> as a Hindrance to Modernization in South Asia, in:<br />

Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />

A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 405-421.<br />

* Myrdal, G., <strong>Corruption</strong>: its Causes and Effects, in: Heidenheimer, A.J., M.<br />

Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: A Handbook, Transaction<br />

Publishers, 1989, pp. 953-961.<br />

* Nabli, M.K. en J.B. Nugent, The New Institutional Economics and its Applicability<br />

to Development, in: World Development, vol. 17, no.9, 1989, pp.<br />

1333-1347.<br />

* North, D., ‘Transactions Costs in History, in: Journal of European Economic<br />

History, vol. 14, 1985, pp. 557-576.<br />

* NRC Handelsblad, ‘Afdeling tegen corruptie binnen politie Rijnmond’, 9 mei<br />

1994.<br />

* NRC Handelsblad, ‘Ministers eisen hardere aanpak corrupte politie’, 14<br />

april 1995.<br />

* NRC Handelsblad, ‘Rotterdamse politie ontsloeg in 3 jaar 17 agenten’, 19<br />

april 1995.<br />

* Nugent, J., and N. Sanchez, The Efficiency of the Mesta: A Parable, in:<br />

Explorations in Economic history, vol. 26, 1989, pp. 261-284.<br />

158


* Nye, J.S., <strong>Corruption</strong> and Political Development: a Cost-Benefit Analysis,<br />

in: Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston and V.T. LeVine (eds), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>:<br />

A Handbook, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 963-983.<br />

* ONUDI (UNIDO), Rapport d’Audit Phase 2, Indonesie, Cecoforma, Jakarta,<br />

1992.<br />

* Opp, K.D., und H.J. Hümmell, Soziales Verhalten und Soziale Systeme,<br />

Frankfurt am Main, Athenäum, 1973.<br />

* Pijl, D., Organized Crime and Police <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: C. Fijnaut en J. Jacobs<br />

(eds.), Organized Crime and its Containment: A Transatlantic Initiative,<br />

Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 1991, pp. 101-120.<br />

* Pizzorno, A., en D. della Porta, De rol van zakenpolitici in de Italiaanse<br />

politiek, in: Nederlands Juristen Blad, 16 december 1994, afl. 45/46, 1563-<br />

1575.<br />

* Platteau, J-Ph., The Free Market is Not Readily Transferable: Reflections on<br />

the Links between Market, Social Relations and Moral Norms, in: Martinussen,<br />

J. (ed), New Institutional Economics and Development Theory, International<br />

Development Studies, occasional paper no.6, Roskilde University,<br />

1993, pp. 71-178.<br />

* Platteau, J-Ph., Behind the Market Stage Where Real Societies Exist: The<br />

Role of public and private Order Institutions, in: Journal of Development<br />

Studies, vol. 30, 1994, pp. 533-577.<br />

* Potter, D.C., India’s Political Administrators (1919-1983), Oxford,<br />

Clarendon Press, 1986.<br />

* Riggs, F.W., Administration in Developing Countries. The Theory of Prismatic<br />

Society, Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1964.<br />

* Rose-Ackerman, S., <strong>Corruption</strong>. A Study in Political Economy, New York,<br />

Academic Press, 1978.<br />

* Rose-Ackerman, S., Bribery, in: The New Palgrave: A Dictionary of Economics,<br />

2nd Ed., 1987.<br />

* Ruimschotel, D., Corruptie als combinatie van irreguliere bevoordeling en<br />

infaam verraad, in: Nederlands Juristen Blad, 16 december 1994, afl. 45/46,<br />

1554-1562.<br />

* Schiller, J., The cities of Janus, two faces of transformation, in: Prisma 51,<br />

1992, pp. 23-33.<br />

* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., De Pamong Pradja, een beschrijving van het Binnenlands<br />

Bestuurscorps in het Javaanssprekende gedeelte van Indonesië,<br />

1901-1965, 1968.<br />

* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Pemutihan: de Grote Reiniging in Indonesië, VU-<br />

Magazine, 11, 1977, pp. 30-33.<br />

* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Opbouw in Opdracht of Ontwikkeling in Overleg?,<br />

proefschrift Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, 1981.<br />

159


* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Public-private partnership and urban development<br />

policy in Indonesia: a critical comment. Paper presented at the 6th annual<br />

workshop, European social science Java network, Geneva, April 29-30 1993.<br />

* Schulte Nordholt, N.G., Aid and political conditionality: the case of Dutch-<br />

Indonesian relationships, in: Stokke, O. (ed.) Aid and political conditionality,<br />

Frank Cass, 1995, pp. 129-161.<br />

* Scott, J.C., An Essay on the Political Functions of <strong>Corruption</strong>, in: Asian<br />

Studies, vol. V, no.3, 1967, pp. 501-523.<br />

* Scott, J.C., <strong>Corruption</strong>, Machine Politics and Political Change, in: Heidenheimer,<br />

A.J. (ed), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative Analysis,<br />

Transaction Publishers, 1970, pp. 549-563.<br />

* Scott, J.C., Comparative Political <strong>Corruption</strong>, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,<br />

Prentice-Hall, 1972.<br />

* Sechrest, D.K., and P. Burns, Police <strong>Corruption</strong>, The Miami Case, in: Criminal<br />

Justice and Behavior, vol. 19, 1992, pp. 294-313.<br />

* Sen, A., Public Action and the Quality of Life in Developing Countries, in:<br />

Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, vol. 43, 1981.<br />

* Singh, J., Monopolistic and restrictive Trade Practices: Comments on the<br />

Anti-Monopoly Legislation in India, Delhi School of Economics, Working<br />

Paper 9302, 1993.<br />

* Smith, T.M., <strong>Corruption</strong>, tradition and change in Indonesia, in:<br />

Heidenheimer, A.J., M. Johnston, and V.T. LeVine (eds.), Political corruption:<br />

A handboek, Transaction Publishers, 1989, pp. 423-440.<br />

* Soto, H. de, The Other Path: The Invisible Revolution in the Third World,<br />

Harper & Row, New York, 1989.<br />

* Spangenberg, B., British Bureaucracy in India: Status, Policy and the I.C.S.<br />

in the Late 19th Century, Columbia, South Asia Books, 1976.<br />

* Staudth, K., Managing Development: State, Society and International Contexts,<br />

London, Sage, 1991.<br />

* Stokke, O., European Aid Policies: Some Emerging Trends, in: Stokke, O.<br />

(ed.), European Development Assistance, Volume 1, Policies and Performance,<br />

Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Oslo, 1984, pp. 9-64.<br />

* Stoop, C. de, ‘Ze zijn zo lief, meneer’: over vrouwenhandel, meisjesballetten<br />

en de Bende van de Miljardair, Leuven, Kritak, 1992.<br />

* Sutherland, H.A., Pangreh Pradja: Java’s indigenous administrative corps<br />

and its role in the last decades of Dutch colonial rule, Yale University,<br />

1973.<br />

* The Self-Deceiving State, IDS Bulletin, 23, 4, 1992, pp. 31-42.<br />

* Thee Kian Wie, Industrial Structure and Small and Medium Enterprise<br />

Development in Indonesia, EDI working paper, World Bank, Washington<br />

DC, 1993.<br />

160


* Traa, M. van, et al., Inzake Opsporing: Enquêtecommissie Opsporingsmethoden,’s-Gravenhage,<br />

SDU, 1996.<br />

* Uphoff, N., Local Institutional Development: An Analytical Sourcebook with<br />

Cases, Kumarian Press, 1986.<br />

* Van Waarden, B.F., Regulering van prijsafspraken in de Bouw, in: Economisch<br />

Statistische Berichten, February 4 1987, pp. 122-126.<br />

* Vries, P. de, De Neo-institutionele Economie als Complement van de Neoklassieke<br />

Economie, in: Vries, P. de, De Lastige Verhouding tussen Departement<br />

en Agent, dissertatie, Universiteit Twente, 1992, pp. 21-38.<br />

* Vries, P. de, Transactiekosten, Property Rights en de Principal Agent Benadering,<br />

in: Vries, P. de, De Lastige Verhouding tussen Departement en<br />

Agent, dissertatie, Universiteit Twente, 1992, pp. 39-78.<br />

* Wade, R., The System of Administrative and Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Canal<br />

Irrigation in South India, in: The Journal of Development Studies, 18, 3,<br />

1982, pp. 287-328.<br />

* Wade, R., The Market for Public Office: Why the Indian State Is Not Better<br />

at Development, in: World Development, 13, 1985, pp. 467-497.<br />

* Walker, S., Employment of Black and Hispanic police officers, in: ACJS<br />

Today, November 1983, pp. 3-5.<br />

* Ward, P.M., <strong>Corruption</strong>, Development and Inequality: Soft Touch or Hard<br />

Graft?, Routledge, 1989.<br />

* Ward, P.M., Politics and Graft: Recruitment, Appointment, and Promotions<br />

to Public Office in India, in: P.M. Ward (ed.), <strong>Corruption</strong>, Development and<br />

Inequality, Soft Touch or Hard Graft?, Londen Routlegde 1989, pp. 73-110.<br />

* Wecke, L., <strong>Legitimacy</strong> as Limiting Factor in Governmental Decision Making:<br />

the Case of the Cruise Missiles, in: Snellen, I.Th.M. (ed), Limits of<br />

Government: Dutch Experiences, Kobra, 1985, pp. 99-132.<br />

* Wertheim, W.F., Corruptie als Sociologisch Studieobject, in: Sociologisch<br />

jaarboek, vol. 14, deel 1, 1960, pp. 5-40.<br />

* Wertheim, W.F., Sociological Aspects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in Southeast Asia, in:<br />

East West Parallels: Sociological Approaches to Modern Asia, W. van<br />

Hoeve Ltd., 1964, pp. 102-131.<br />

* Wertheim, W.F., Sociological Aspects of <strong>Corruption</strong> in Southeast Asia, in:<br />

A.J. Heidenheimer (ed.), Political <strong>Corruption</strong>: Readings in Comparative<br />

Analysis, New Brunswick, New Jersey: Transaction Books, 1970, pp. 195-<br />

211.<br />

* Williamson, O.E., The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York, Free<br />

Press, 1985.<br />

* Wood, G.D., Parallel Rationalities in Service Provision: the General Case of<br />

<strong>Corruption</strong> in Rural Development, paper presented at a seminar on State and<br />

non-State Provision of Services in Eastern Africa and South Asia, June 15-<br />

17, 1992, n.p..<br />

161


* Zwart, F. de, A Constant Flux of Personnel: Some Ideas on Personnel<br />

Transfers in Indian Bureaucracy, in: T.K. Moulik, and H. Streefkerk (eds.),<br />

Managing Rural Development: the Indian Experience in Health and Energy<br />

Programmes, New Delhi, Sage, 1990, pp. 114-125.<br />

* Zwart, F. de, The Bureaucratic Merry-Go-Round. Manipulating the Transfer<br />

of Indian Civil Servants, Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press, 1994.<br />

162

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!